Mercurial > vim
annotate src/misc2.c @ 3357:397e7e49bb0b v7.3.445
updated for version 7.3.445
Problem: Can't properly escape commands for cmd.exe.
Solution: Default 'shellxquote' to '('. Append ')' to make '(command)'.
No need to use "/s" for 'shellcmdflag'.
author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
---|---|
date | Sun, 19 Feb 2012 18:19:30 +0100 |
parents | c75a8d2404bd |
children | 20ca2e05ae20 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
2 * | |
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
4 * | |
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
8 */ | |
9 | |
10 /* | |
11 * misc2.c: Various functions. | |
12 */ | |
13 #include "vim.h" | |
14 | |
359 | 15 static char_u *username = NULL; /* cached result of mch_get_user_name() */ |
16 | |
17 static char_u *ff_expand_buffer = NULL; /* used for expanding filenames */ | |
18 | |
7 | 19 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) || defined(PROTO) |
20 static int coladvance2 __ARGS((pos_T *pos, int addspaces, int finetune, colnr_T wcol)); | |
21 | |
22 /* | |
23 * Return TRUE if in the current mode we need to use virtual. | |
24 */ | |
25 int | |
26 virtual_active() | |
27 { | |
28 /* While an operator is being executed we return "virtual_op", because | |
29 * VIsual_active has already been reset, thus we can't check for "block" | |
30 * being used. */ | |
31 if (virtual_op != MAYBE) | |
32 return virtual_op; | |
33 return (ve_flags == VE_ALL | |
34 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
35 || ((ve_flags & VE_BLOCK) && VIsual_active && VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
36 # endif | |
37 || ((ve_flags & VE_INSERT) && (State & INSERT))); | |
38 } | |
39 | |
40 /* | |
41 * Get the screen position of the cursor. | |
42 */ | |
43 int | |
44 getviscol() | |
45 { | |
46 colnr_T x; | |
47 | |
48 getvvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &x, NULL, NULL); | |
49 return (int)x; | |
50 } | |
51 | |
52 /* | |
53 * Get the screen position of character col with a coladd in the cursor line. | |
54 */ | |
55 int | |
56 getviscol2(col, coladd) | |
57 colnr_T col; | |
58 colnr_T coladd; | |
59 { | |
60 colnr_T x; | |
61 pos_T pos; | |
62 | |
63 pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
64 pos.col = col; | |
65 pos.coladd = coladd; | |
66 getvvcol(curwin, &pos, &x, NULL, NULL); | |
67 return (int)x; | |
68 } | |
69 | |
70 /* | |
1209 | 71 * Go to column "wcol", and add/insert white space as necessary to get the |
7 | 72 * cursor in that column. |
73 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo! | |
74 */ | |
75 int | |
76 coladvance_force(wcol) | |
77 colnr_T wcol; | |
78 { | |
79 int rc = coladvance2(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE, FALSE, wcol); | |
80 | |
81 if (wcol == MAXCOL) | |
82 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_VIRTCOL; | |
83 else | |
84 { | |
85 /* Virtcol is valid */ | |
86 curwin->w_valid |= VALID_VIRTCOL; | |
87 curwin->w_virtcol = wcol; | |
88 } | |
89 return rc; | |
90 } | |
91 #endif | |
92 | |
93 /* | |
94 * Try to advance the Cursor to the specified screen column. | |
95 * If virtual editing: fine tune the cursor position. | |
96 * Note that all virtual positions off the end of a line should share | |
97 * a curwin->w_cursor.col value (n.b. this is equal to STRLEN(line)), | |
98 * beginning at coladd 0. | |
99 * | |
100 * return OK if desired column is reached, FAIL if not | |
101 */ | |
102 int | |
103 coladvance(wcol) | |
104 colnr_T wcol; | |
105 { | |
106 int rc = getvpos(&curwin->w_cursor, wcol); | |
107 | |
108 if (wcol == MAXCOL || rc == FAIL) | |
109 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_VIRTCOL; | |
44 | 110 else if (*ml_get_cursor() != TAB) |
7 | 111 { |
44 | 112 /* Virtcol is valid when not on a TAB */ |
7 | 113 curwin->w_valid |= VALID_VIRTCOL; |
114 curwin->w_virtcol = wcol; | |
115 } | |
116 return rc; | |
117 } | |
118 | |
119 /* | |
120 * Return in "pos" the position of the cursor advanced to screen column "wcol". | |
121 * return OK if desired column is reached, FAIL if not | |
122 */ | |
123 int | |
124 getvpos(pos, wcol) | |
125 pos_T *pos; | |
126 colnr_T wcol; | |
127 { | |
128 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
129 return coladvance2(pos, FALSE, virtual_active(), wcol); | |
130 } | |
131 | |
132 static int | |
133 coladvance2(pos, addspaces, finetune, wcol) | |
134 pos_T *pos; | |
135 int addspaces; /* change the text to achieve our goal? */ | |
1209 | 136 int finetune; /* change char offset for the exact column */ |
7 | 137 colnr_T wcol; /* column to move to */ |
138 { | |
139 #endif | |
140 int idx; | |
141 char_u *ptr; | |
142 char_u *line; | |
143 colnr_T col = 0; | |
144 int csize = 0; | |
145 int one_more; | |
146 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
147 int head = 0; | |
148 #endif | |
149 | |
772 | 150 one_more = (State & INSERT) |
151 || restart_edit != NUL | |
7 | 152 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
772 | 153 || (VIsual_active && *p_sel != 'o') |
154 #endif | |
155 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
782 | 156 || ((ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) && wcol < MAXCOL) |
772 | 157 #endif |
158 ; | |
1982 | 159 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, pos->lnum, FALSE); |
7 | 160 |
161 if (wcol >= MAXCOL) | |
162 { | |
163 idx = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1 + one_more; | |
164 col = wcol; | |
165 | |
166 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
167 if ((addspaces || finetune) && !VIsual_active) | |
168 { | |
169 curwin->w_curswant = linetabsize(line) + one_more; | |
170 if (curwin->w_curswant > 0) | |
171 --curwin->w_curswant; | |
172 } | |
173 #endif | |
174 } | |
175 else | |
176 { | |
177 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
178 int width = W_WIDTH(curwin) - win_col_off(curwin); | |
179 | |
620 | 180 if (finetune |
7 | 181 && curwin->w_p_wrap |
182 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
183 && curwin->w_width != 0 | |
184 # endif | |
185 && wcol >= (colnr_T)width) | |
186 { | |
187 csize = linetabsize(line); | |
188 if (csize > 0) | |
189 csize--; | |
190 | |
620 | 191 if (wcol / width > (colnr_T)csize / width |
192 && ((State & INSERT) == 0 || (int)wcol > csize + 1)) | |
7 | 193 { |
194 /* In case of line wrapping don't move the cursor beyond the | |
620 | 195 * right screen edge. In Insert mode allow going just beyond |
196 * the last character (like what happens when typing and | |
197 * reaching the right window edge). */ | |
7 | 198 wcol = (csize / width + 1) * width - 1; |
199 } | |
200 } | |
201 #endif | |
202 | |
203 ptr = line; | |
204 while (col <= wcol && *ptr != NUL) | |
205 { | |
206 /* Count a tab for what it's worth (if list mode not on) */ | |
207 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
208 csize = win_lbr_chartabsize(curwin, ptr, col, &head); | |
39 | 209 mb_ptr_adv(ptr); |
7 | 210 #else |
211 csize = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, col); | |
212 #endif | |
213 col += csize; | |
214 } | |
215 idx = (int)(ptr - line); | |
216 /* | |
217 * Handle all the special cases. The virtual_active() check | |
218 * is needed to ensure that a virtual position off the end of | |
219 * a line has the correct indexing. The one_more comparison | |
220 * replaces an explicit add of one_more later on. | |
221 */ | |
222 if (col > wcol || (!virtual_active() && one_more == 0)) | |
223 { | |
224 idx -= 1; | |
225 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
226 /* Don't count the chars from 'showbreak'. */ | |
227 csize -= head; | |
228 # endif | |
229 col -= csize; | |
230 } | |
231 | |
232 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
233 if (virtual_active() | |
234 && addspaces | |
235 && ((col != wcol && col != wcol + 1) || csize > 1)) | |
236 { | |
237 /* 'virtualedit' is set: The difference between wcol and col is | |
238 * filled with spaces. */ | |
239 | |
240 if (line[idx] == NUL) | |
241 { | |
242 /* Append spaces */ | |
243 int correct = wcol - col; | |
244 char_u *newline = alloc(idx + correct + 1); | |
245 int t; | |
246 | |
247 if (newline == NULL) | |
248 return FAIL; | |
249 | |
250 for (t = 0; t < idx; ++t) | |
251 newline[t] = line[t]; | |
252 | |
253 for (t = 0; t < correct; ++t) | |
254 newline[t + idx] = ' '; | |
255 | |
256 newline[idx + correct] = NUL; | |
257 | |
258 ml_replace(pos->lnum, newline, FALSE); | |
259 changed_bytes(pos->lnum, (colnr_T)idx); | |
260 idx += correct; | |
261 col = wcol; | |
262 } | |
263 else | |
264 { | |
265 /* Break a tab */ | |
266 int linelen = (int)STRLEN(line); | |
267 int correct = wcol - col - csize + 1; /* negative!! */ | |
840 | 268 char_u *newline; |
7 | 269 int t, s = 0; |
270 int v; | |
271 | |
840 | 272 if (-correct > csize) |
273 return FAIL; | |
274 | |
275 newline = alloc(linelen + csize); | |
276 if (newline == NULL) | |
7 | 277 return FAIL; |
278 | |
279 for (t = 0; t < linelen; t++) | |
280 { | |
281 if (t != idx) | |
282 newline[s++] = line[t]; | |
283 else | |
284 for (v = 0; v < csize; v++) | |
285 newline[s++] = ' '; | |
286 } | |
287 | |
288 newline[linelen + csize - 1] = NUL; | |
289 | |
290 ml_replace(pos->lnum, newline, FALSE); | |
291 changed_bytes(pos->lnum, idx); | |
292 idx += (csize - 1 + correct); | |
293 col += correct; | |
294 } | |
295 } | |
296 #endif | |
297 } | |
298 | |
299 if (idx < 0) | |
300 pos->col = 0; | |
301 else | |
302 pos->col = idx; | |
303 | |
304 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
305 pos->coladd = 0; | |
306 | |
307 if (finetune) | |
308 { | |
309 if (wcol == MAXCOL) | |
310 { | |
311 /* The width of the last character is used to set coladd. */ | |
312 if (!one_more) | |
313 { | |
314 colnr_T scol, ecol; | |
315 | |
316 getvcol(curwin, pos, &scol, NULL, &ecol); | |
317 pos->coladd = ecol - scol; | |
318 } | |
319 } | |
320 else | |
321 { | |
322 int b = (int)wcol - (int)col; | |
323 | |
324 /* The difference between wcol and col is used to set coladd. */ | |
325 if (b > 0 && b < (MAXCOL - 2 * W_WIDTH(curwin))) | |
326 pos->coladd = b; | |
327 | |
328 col += b; | |
329 } | |
330 } | |
331 #endif | |
332 | |
333 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1982 | 334 /* prevent from moving onto a trail byte */ |
7 | 335 if (has_mbyte) |
2933 | 336 mb_adjustpos(curbuf, pos); |
7 | 337 #endif |
338 | |
339 if (col < wcol) | |
340 return FAIL; | |
341 return OK; | |
342 } | |
343 | |
344 /* | |
1621 | 345 * Increment the cursor position. See inc() for return values. |
7 | 346 */ |
347 int | |
348 inc_cursor() | |
349 { | |
350 return inc(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
351 } | |
352 | |
1621 | 353 /* |
354 * Increment the line pointer "lp" crossing line boundaries as necessary. | |
355 * Return 1 when going to the next line. | |
356 * Return 2 when moving forward onto a NUL at the end of the line). | |
357 * Return -1 when at the end of file. | |
358 * Return 0 otherwise. | |
359 */ | |
7 | 360 int |
361 inc(lp) | |
362 pos_T *lp; | |
363 { | |
364 char_u *p = ml_get_pos(lp); | |
365 | |
366 if (*p != NUL) /* still within line, move to next char (may be NUL) */ | |
367 { | |
368 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
369 if (has_mbyte) | |
370 { | |
474 | 371 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
7 | 372 |
373 lp->col += l; | |
374 return ((p[l] != NUL) ? 0 : 2); | |
375 } | |
376 #endif | |
377 lp->col++; | |
378 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
379 lp->coladd = 0; | |
380 #endif | |
381 return ((p[1] != NUL) ? 0 : 2); | |
382 } | |
383 if (lp->lnum != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) /* there is a next line */ | |
384 { | |
385 lp->col = 0; | |
386 lp->lnum++; | |
387 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
388 lp->coladd = 0; | |
389 #endif | |
390 return 1; | |
391 } | |
392 return -1; | |
393 } | |
394 | |
395 /* | |
396 * incl(lp): same as inc(), but skip the NUL at the end of non-empty lines | |
397 */ | |
398 int | |
399 incl(lp) | |
400 pos_T *lp; | |
401 { | |
402 int r; | |
403 | |
404 if ((r = inc(lp)) >= 1 && lp->col) | |
405 r = inc(lp); | |
406 return r; | |
407 } | |
408 | |
409 /* | |
410 * dec(p) | |
411 * | |
412 * Decrement the line pointer 'p' crossing line boundaries as necessary. | |
413 * Return 1 when crossing a line, -1 when at start of file, 0 otherwise. | |
414 */ | |
415 int | |
416 dec_cursor() | |
417 { | |
418 return dec(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
419 } | |
420 | |
421 int | |
422 dec(lp) | |
423 pos_T *lp; | |
424 { | |
425 char_u *p; | |
426 | |
427 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
428 lp->coladd = 0; | |
429 #endif | |
430 if (lp->col > 0) /* still within line */ | |
431 { | |
432 lp->col--; | |
433 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
434 if (has_mbyte) | |
435 { | |
436 p = ml_get(lp->lnum); | |
437 lp->col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + lp->col); | |
438 } | |
439 #endif | |
440 return 0; | |
441 } | |
442 if (lp->lnum > 1) /* there is a prior line */ | |
443 { | |
444 lp->lnum--; | |
445 p = ml_get(lp->lnum); | |
446 lp->col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(p); | |
447 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
448 if (has_mbyte) | |
449 lp->col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + lp->col); | |
450 #endif | |
451 return 1; | |
452 } | |
453 return -1; /* at start of file */ | |
454 } | |
455 | |
456 /* | |
457 * decl(lp): same as dec(), but skip the NUL at the end of non-empty lines | |
458 */ | |
459 int | |
460 decl(lp) | |
461 pos_T *lp; | |
462 { | |
463 int r; | |
464 | |
465 if ((r = dec(lp)) == 1 && lp->col) | |
466 r = dec(lp); | |
467 return r; | |
468 } | |
469 | |
470 /* | |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
471 * Get the line number relative to the current cursor position, i.e. the |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
472 * difference between line number and cursor position. Only look for lines that |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
473 * can be visible, folded lines don't count. |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
474 */ |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
475 linenr_T |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
476 get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum) |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
477 win_T *wp; |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
478 linenr_T lnum; /* line number to get the result for */ |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
479 { |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
480 linenr_T cursor = wp->w_cursor.lnum; |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
481 linenr_T retval = 0; |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
482 |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
483 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
484 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
485 { |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
486 if (lnum > cursor) |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
487 { |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
488 while (lnum > cursor) |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
489 { |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
490 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
491 /* if lnum and cursor are in the same fold, |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
492 * now lnum <= cursor */ |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
493 if (lnum > cursor) |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
494 retval++; |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
495 lnum--; |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
496 } |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
497 } |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
498 else if (lnum < cursor) |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
499 { |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
500 while (lnum < cursor) |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
501 { |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
502 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
503 /* if lnum and cursor are in the same fold, |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
504 * now lnum >= cursor */ |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
505 if (lnum < cursor) |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
506 retval--; |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
507 lnum++; |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
508 } |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
509 } |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
510 /* else if (lnum == cursor) |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
511 * retval = 0; |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
512 */ |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
513 } |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
514 else |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
515 #endif |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
516 retval = lnum - cursor; |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
517 |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
518 return retval; |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
519 } |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
520 |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
521 /* |
7 | 522 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor.lnum is valid. |
523 */ | |
524 void | |
525 check_cursor_lnum() | |
526 { | |
527 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
528 { | |
529 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
530 /* If there is a closed fold at the end of the file, put the cursor in | |
531 * its first line. Otherwise in the last line. */ | |
532 if (!hasFolding(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, | |
533 &curwin->w_cursor.lnum, NULL)) | |
534 #endif | |
535 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
536 } | |
537 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= 0) | |
538 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; | |
539 } | |
540 | |
541 /* | |
542 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor.col is valid. | |
543 */ | |
544 void | |
545 check_cursor_col() | |
546 { | |
2933 | 547 check_cursor_col_win(curwin); |
548 } | |
549 | |
550 /* | |
551 * Make sure win->w_cursor.col is valid. | |
552 */ | |
553 void | |
554 check_cursor_col_win(win) | |
555 win_T *win; | |
556 { | |
7 | 557 colnr_T len; |
558 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2933 | 559 colnr_T oldcol = win->w_cursor.col; |
560 colnr_T oldcoladd = win->w_cursor.col + win->w_cursor.coladd; | |
561 #endif | |
562 | |
563 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(win->w_buffer, win->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE)); | |
7 | 564 if (len == 0) |
2933 | 565 win->w_cursor.col = 0; |
566 else if (win->w_cursor.col >= len) | |
7 | 567 { |
1488 | 568 /* Allow cursor past end-of-line when: |
569 * - in Insert mode or restarting Insert mode | |
570 * - in Visual mode and 'selection' isn't "old" | |
571 * - 'virtualedit' is set */ | |
620 | 572 if ((State & INSERT) || restart_edit |
7 | 573 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
574 || (VIsual_active && *p_sel != 'o') | |
575 #endif | |
1488 | 576 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
577 || (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) | |
578 #endif | |
7 | 579 || virtual_active()) |
2933 | 580 win->w_cursor.col = len; |
7 | 581 else |
1099 | 582 { |
2933 | 583 win->w_cursor.col = len - 1; |
1099 | 584 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
2933 | 585 /* Move the cursor to the head byte. */ |
1099 | 586 if (has_mbyte) |
2933 | 587 mb_adjustpos(win->w_buffer, &win->w_cursor); |
1099 | 588 #endif |
589 } | |
7 | 590 } |
2933 | 591 else if (win->w_cursor.col < 0) |
592 win->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
7 | 593 |
594 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
595 /* If virtual editing is on, we can leave the cursor on the old position, | |
596 * only we must set it to virtual. But don't do it when at the end of the | |
597 * line. */ | |
598 if (oldcol == MAXCOL) | |
2933 | 599 win->w_cursor.coladd = 0; |
7 | 600 else if (ve_flags == VE_ALL) |
1841 | 601 { |
2933 | 602 if (oldcoladd > win->w_cursor.col) |
603 win->w_cursor.coladd = oldcoladd - win->w_cursor.col; | |
1841 | 604 else |
605 /* avoid weird number when there is a miscalculation or overflow */ | |
2933 | 606 win->w_cursor.coladd = 0; |
1841 | 607 } |
7 | 608 #endif |
609 } | |
610 | |
611 /* | |
612 * make sure curwin->w_cursor in on a valid character | |
613 */ | |
614 void | |
615 check_cursor() | |
616 { | |
617 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
618 check_cursor_col(); | |
619 } | |
620 | |
621 #if defined(FEAT_TEXTOBJ) || defined(PROTO) | |
622 /* | |
623 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor is not on the NUL at the end of the line. | |
624 * Allow it when in Visual mode and 'selection' is not "old". | |
625 */ | |
626 void | |
627 adjust_cursor_col() | |
628 { | |
629 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 | |
630 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
631 && (!VIsual_active || *p_sel == 'o') | |
632 # endif | |
633 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
634 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
635 } | |
636 #endif | |
637 | |
638 /* | |
639 * When curwin->w_leftcol has changed, adjust the cursor position. | |
640 * Return TRUE if the cursor was moved. | |
641 */ | |
642 int | |
643 leftcol_changed() | |
644 { | |
645 long lastcol; | |
646 colnr_T s, e; | |
647 int retval = FALSE; | |
648 | |
649 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
650 lastcol = curwin->w_leftcol + W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin_col_off() - 1; | |
651 validate_virtcol(); | |
652 | |
653 /* | |
654 * If the cursor is right or left of the screen, move it to last or first | |
655 * character. | |
656 */ | |
657 if (curwin->w_virtcol > (colnr_T)(lastcol - p_siso)) | |
658 { | |
659 retval = TRUE; | |
660 coladvance((colnr_T)(lastcol - p_siso)); | |
661 } | |
662 else if (curwin->w_virtcol < curwin->w_leftcol + p_siso) | |
663 { | |
664 retval = TRUE; | |
665 (void)coladvance((colnr_T)(curwin->w_leftcol + p_siso)); | |
666 } | |
667 | |
668 /* | |
669 * If the start of the character under the cursor is not on the screen, | |
670 * advance the cursor one more char. If this fails (last char of the | |
671 * line) adjust the scrolling. | |
672 */ | |
673 getvvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &s, NULL, &e); | |
674 if (e > (colnr_T)lastcol) | |
675 { | |
676 retval = TRUE; | |
677 coladvance(s - 1); | |
678 } | |
679 else if (s < curwin->w_leftcol) | |
680 { | |
681 retval = TRUE; | |
682 if (coladvance(e + 1) == FAIL) /* there isn't another character */ | |
683 { | |
684 curwin->w_leftcol = s; /* adjust w_leftcol instead */ | |
685 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
686 } | |
687 } | |
688 | |
689 if (retval) | |
690 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
691 redraw_later(NOT_VALID); | |
692 return retval; | |
693 } | |
694 | |
695 /********************************************************************** | |
696 * Various routines dealing with allocation and deallocation of memory. | |
697 */ | |
698 | |
699 #if defined(MEM_PROFILE) || defined(PROTO) | |
700 | |
701 # define MEM_SIZES 8200 | |
702 static long_u mem_allocs[MEM_SIZES]; | |
703 static long_u mem_frees[MEM_SIZES]; | |
704 static long_u mem_allocated; | |
705 static long_u mem_freed; | |
706 static long_u mem_peak; | |
707 static long_u num_alloc; | |
708 static long_u num_freed; | |
709 | |
710 static void mem_pre_alloc_s __ARGS((size_t *sizep)); | |
711 static void mem_pre_alloc_l __ARGS((long_u *sizep)); | |
712 static void mem_post_alloc __ARGS((void **pp, size_t size)); | |
713 static void mem_pre_free __ARGS((void **pp)); | |
714 | |
715 static void | |
716 mem_pre_alloc_s(sizep) | |
717 size_t *sizep; | |
718 { | |
719 *sizep += sizeof(size_t); | |
720 } | |
721 | |
722 static void | |
723 mem_pre_alloc_l(sizep) | |
724 long_u *sizep; | |
725 { | |
726 *sizep += sizeof(size_t); | |
727 } | |
728 | |
729 static void | |
730 mem_post_alloc(pp, size) | |
731 void **pp; | |
732 size_t size; | |
733 { | |
734 if (*pp == NULL) | |
735 return; | |
736 size -= sizeof(size_t); | |
737 *(long_u *)*pp = size; | |
738 if (size <= MEM_SIZES-1) | |
739 mem_allocs[size-1]++; | |
740 else | |
741 mem_allocs[MEM_SIZES-1]++; | |
742 mem_allocated += size; | |
743 if (mem_allocated - mem_freed > mem_peak) | |
744 mem_peak = mem_allocated - mem_freed; | |
745 num_alloc++; | |
746 *pp = (void *)((char *)*pp + sizeof(size_t)); | |
747 } | |
748 | |
749 static void | |
750 mem_pre_free(pp) | |
751 void **pp; | |
752 { | |
753 long_u size; | |
754 | |
755 *pp = (void *)((char *)*pp - sizeof(size_t)); | |
756 size = *(size_t *)*pp; | |
757 if (size <= MEM_SIZES-1) | |
758 mem_frees[size-1]++; | |
759 else | |
760 mem_frees[MEM_SIZES-1]++; | |
761 mem_freed += size; | |
762 num_freed++; | |
763 } | |
764 | |
765 /* | |
766 * called on exit via atexit() | |
767 */ | |
768 void | |
769 vim_mem_profile_dump() | |
770 { | |
771 int i, j; | |
772 | |
773 printf("\r\n"); | |
774 j = 0; | |
775 for (i = 0; i < MEM_SIZES - 1; i++) | |
776 { | |
777 if (mem_allocs[i] || mem_frees[i]) | |
778 { | |
779 if (mem_frees[i] > mem_allocs[i]) | |
780 printf("\r\n%s", _("ERROR: ")); | |
781 printf("[%4d / %4lu-%-4lu] ", i + 1, mem_allocs[i], mem_frees[i]); | |
782 j++; | |
783 if (j > 3) | |
784 { | |
785 j = 0; | |
786 printf("\r\n"); | |
787 } | |
788 } | |
789 } | |
790 | |
791 i = MEM_SIZES - 1; | |
792 if (mem_allocs[i]) | |
793 { | |
794 printf("\r\n"); | |
795 if (mem_frees[i] > mem_allocs[i]) | |
2545
298d8d6e69be
Avoid warnings from the clang compiler. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2522
diff
changeset
|
796 puts(_("ERROR: ")); |
7 | 797 printf("[>%d / %4lu-%-4lu]", i, mem_allocs[i], mem_frees[i]); |
798 } | |
799 | |
800 printf(_("\n[bytes] total alloc-freed %lu-%lu, in use %lu, peak use %lu\n"), | |
801 mem_allocated, mem_freed, mem_allocated - mem_freed, mem_peak); | |
802 printf(_("[calls] total re/malloc()'s %lu, total free()'s %lu\n\n"), | |
803 num_alloc, num_freed); | |
804 } | |
805 | |
806 #endif /* MEM_PROFILE */ | |
807 | |
808 /* | |
809 * Some memory is reserved for error messages and for being able to | |
810 * call mf_release_all(), which needs some memory for mf_trans_add(). | |
811 */ | |
812 #if defined(MSDOS) && !defined(DJGPP) | |
813 # define SMALL_MEM | |
814 # define KEEP_ROOM 8192L | |
815 #else | |
816 # define KEEP_ROOM (2 * 8192L) | |
817 #endif | |
818 | |
819 /* | |
1576 | 820 * Note: if unsigned is 16 bits we can only allocate up to 64K with alloc(). |
7 | 821 * Use lalloc for larger blocks. |
822 */ | |
823 char_u * | |
824 alloc(size) | |
825 unsigned size; | |
826 { | |
827 return (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE)); | |
828 } | |
829 | |
830 /* | |
831 * Allocate memory and set all bytes to zero. | |
832 */ | |
833 char_u * | |
834 alloc_clear(size) | |
835 unsigned size; | |
836 { | |
837 char_u *p; | |
838 | |
2545
298d8d6e69be
Avoid warnings from the clang compiler. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2522
diff
changeset
|
839 p = lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE); |
7 | 840 if (p != NULL) |
841 (void)vim_memset(p, 0, (size_t)size); | |
842 return p; | |
843 } | |
844 | |
845 /* | |
846 * alloc() with check for maximum line length | |
847 */ | |
848 char_u * | |
849 alloc_check(size) | |
850 unsigned size; | |
851 { | |
852 #if !defined(UNIX) && !defined(__EMX__) | |
853 if (sizeof(int) == 2 && size > 0x7fff) | |
854 { | |
855 /* Don't hide this message */ | |
856 emsg_silent = 0; | |
857 EMSG(_("E340: Line is becoming too long")); | |
858 return NULL; | |
859 } | |
860 #endif | |
861 return (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE)); | |
862 } | |
863 | |
864 /* | |
865 * Allocate memory like lalloc() and set all bytes to zero. | |
866 */ | |
867 char_u * | |
868 lalloc_clear(size, message) | |
869 long_u size; | |
870 int message; | |
871 { | |
872 char_u *p; | |
873 | |
874 p = (lalloc(size, message)); | |
875 if (p != NULL) | |
876 (void)vim_memset(p, 0, (size_t)size); | |
877 return p; | |
878 } | |
879 | |
880 /* | |
881 * Low level memory allocation function. | |
882 * This is used often, KEEP IT FAST! | |
883 */ | |
884 char_u * | |
885 lalloc(size, message) | |
886 long_u size; | |
887 int message; | |
888 { | |
889 char_u *p; /* pointer to new storage space */ | |
890 static int releasing = FALSE; /* don't do mf_release_all() recursive */ | |
891 int try_again; | |
892 #if defined(HAVE_AVAIL_MEM) && !defined(SMALL_MEM) | |
893 static long_u allocated = 0; /* allocated since last avail check */ | |
894 #endif | |
895 | |
896 /* Safety check for allocating zero bytes */ | |
897 if (size == 0) | |
898 { | |
899 /* Don't hide this message */ | |
900 emsg_silent = 0; | |
901 EMSGN(_("E341: Internal error: lalloc(%ld, )"), size); | |
902 return NULL; | |
903 } | |
904 | |
905 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE | |
906 mem_pre_alloc_l(&size); | |
907 #endif | |
908 | |
909 #if defined(MSDOS) && !defined(DJGPP) | |
910 if (size >= 0xfff0) /* in MSDOS we can't deal with >64K blocks */ | |
911 p = NULL; | |
912 else | |
913 #endif | |
914 | |
915 /* | |
916 * Loop when out of memory: Try to release some memfile blocks and | |
917 * if some blocks are released call malloc again. | |
918 */ | |
919 for (;;) | |
920 { | |
921 /* | |
922 * Handle three kind of systems: | |
923 * 1. No check for available memory: Just return. | |
924 * 2. Slow check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() after | |
925 * allocating KEEP_ROOM amount of memory. | |
926 * 3. Strict check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() | |
927 */ | |
928 if ((p = (char_u *)malloc((size_t)size)) != NULL) | |
929 { | |
930 #ifndef HAVE_AVAIL_MEM | |
931 /* 1. No check for available memory: Just return. */ | |
932 goto theend; | |
933 #else | |
934 # ifndef SMALL_MEM | |
935 /* 2. Slow check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() after | |
936 * allocating (KEEP_ROOM / 2) amount of memory. */ | |
937 allocated += size; | |
938 if (allocated < KEEP_ROOM / 2) | |
939 goto theend; | |
940 allocated = 0; | |
941 # endif | |
942 /* 3. check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() */ | |
943 if (mch_avail_mem(TRUE) < KEEP_ROOM && !releasing) | |
944 { | |
1737 | 945 free((char *)p); /* System is low... no go! */ |
7 | 946 p = NULL; |
947 } | |
948 else | |
949 goto theend; | |
950 #endif | |
951 } | |
952 /* | |
953 * Remember that mf_release_all() is being called to avoid an endless | |
954 * loop, because mf_release_all() may call alloc() recursively. | |
955 */ | |
956 if (releasing) | |
957 break; | |
958 releasing = TRUE; | |
448 | 959 |
960 clear_sb_text(); /* free any scrollback text */ | |
961 try_again = mf_release_all(); /* release as many blocks as possible */ | |
370 | 962 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
448 | 963 try_again |= garbage_collect(); /* cleanup recursive lists/dicts */ |
964 #endif | |
965 | |
7 | 966 releasing = FALSE; |
967 if (!try_again) | |
968 break; | |
969 } | |
970 | |
971 if (message && p == NULL) | |
972 do_outofmem_msg(size); | |
973 | |
974 theend: | |
975 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE | |
976 mem_post_alloc((void **)&p, (size_t)size); | |
977 #endif | |
978 return p; | |
979 } | |
980 | |
981 #if defined(MEM_PROFILE) || defined(PROTO) | |
982 /* | |
983 * realloc() with memory profiling. | |
984 */ | |
985 void * | |
986 mem_realloc(ptr, size) | |
987 void *ptr; | |
988 size_t size; | |
989 { | |
990 void *p; | |
991 | |
992 mem_pre_free(&ptr); | |
993 mem_pre_alloc_s(&size); | |
994 | |
995 p = realloc(ptr, size); | |
996 | |
997 mem_post_alloc(&p, size); | |
998 | |
999 return p; | |
1000 } | |
1001 #endif | |
1002 | |
1003 /* | |
1004 * Avoid repeating the error message many times (they take 1 second each). | |
1005 * Did_outofmem_msg is reset when a character is read. | |
1006 */ | |
1007 void | |
1008 do_outofmem_msg(size) | |
1009 long_u size; | |
1010 { | |
1011 if (!did_outofmem_msg) | |
1012 { | |
1013 /* Don't hide this message */ | |
1014 emsg_silent = 0; | |
3156 | 1015 |
1016 /* Must come first to avoid coming back here when printing the error | |
1017 * message fails, e.g. when setting v:errmsg. */ | |
1018 did_outofmem_msg = TRUE; | |
1019 | |
7 | 1020 EMSGN(_("E342: Out of memory! (allocating %lu bytes)"), size); |
1021 } | |
1022 } | |
1023 | |
356 | 1024 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
359 | 1025 |
1026 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) | |
1027 static void free_findfile __ARGS((void)); | |
1028 # endif | |
1029 | |
356 | 1030 /* |
1031 * Free everything that we allocated. | |
1032 * Can be used to detect memory leaks, e.g., with ccmalloc. | |
359 | 1033 * NOTE: This is tricky! Things are freed that functions depend on. Don't be |
1034 * surprised if Vim crashes... | |
1035 * Some things can't be freed, esp. things local to a library function. | |
356 | 1036 */ |
1037 void | |
1038 free_all_mem() | |
1039 { | |
1040 buf_T *buf, *nextbuf; | |
359 | 1041 static int entered = FALSE; |
1042 | |
1043 /* When we cause a crash here it is caught and Vim tries to exit cleanly. | |
1044 * Don't try freeing everything again. */ | |
1045 if (entered) | |
1046 return; | |
1047 entered = TRUE; | |
356 | 1048 |
1446 | 1049 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
1410 | 1050 block_autocmds(); /* don't want to trigger autocommands here */ |
1446 | 1051 # endif |
1052 | |
1053 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
2363
acbb3a9ccc07
Avoid error when exiting in diff mode with EXITFREE defined.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2360
diff
changeset
|
1054 /* Close all tabs and windows. Reset 'equalalways' to avoid redraws. */ |
acbb3a9ccc07
Avoid error when exiting in diff mode with EXITFREE defined.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2360
diff
changeset
|
1055 p_ea = FALSE; |
766 | 1056 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
1057 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"tabonly!"); | |
1058 if (firstwin != lastwin) | |
1059 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"only!"); | |
1446 | 1060 # endif |
673 | 1061 |
741 | 1062 # if defined(FEAT_SPELL) |
356 | 1063 /* Free all spell info. */ |
1064 spell_free_all(); | |
1065 # endif | |
1066 | |
359 | 1067 # if defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS) |
356 | 1068 /* Clear user commands (before deleting buffers). */ |
1069 ex_comclear(NULL); | |
359 | 1070 # endif |
356 | 1071 |
1072 # ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
1073 /* Clear menus. */ | |
1074 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"aunmenu *"); | |
1993 | 1075 # ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG |
1076 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"menutranslate clear"); | |
1077 # endif | |
356 | 1078 # endif |
1079 | |
359 | 1080 /* Clear mappings, abbreviations, breakpoints. */ |
1993 | 1081 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"lmapclear"); |
1082 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"xmapclear"); | |
356 | 1083 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"mapclear"); |
1084 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"mapclear!"); | |
1085 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"abclear"); | |
359 | 1086 # if defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
1087 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"breakdel *"); | |
1088 # endif | |
362 | 1089 # if defined(FEAT_PROFILE) |
1090 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"profdel *"); | |
1091 # endif | |
1828 | 1092 # if defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) |
1093 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"set keymap="); | |
1094 #endif | |
359 | 1095 |
1096 # ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
1097 free_titles(); | |
1098 # endif | |
1099 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) | |
1100 free_findfile(); | |
1101 # endif | |
356 | 1102 |
1103 /* Obviously named calls. */ | |
1104 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) | |
1105 free_all_autocmds(); | |
1106 # endif | |
1107 clear_termcodes(); | |
359 | 1108 free_all_options(); |
1109 free_all_marks(); | |
1110 alist_clear(&global_alist); | |
1111 free_homedir(); | |
1112 free_search_patterns(); | |
1113 free_old_sub(); | |
1114 free_last_insert(); | |
1115 free_prev_shellcmd(); | |
1116 free_regexp_stuff(); | |
1117 free_tag_stuff(); | |
1118 free_cd_dir(); | |
1828 | 1119 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS |
1120 free_signs(); | |
1121 # endif | |
1446 | 1122 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
359 | 1123 set_expr_line(NULL); |
1446 | 1124 # endif |
1125 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
673 | 1126 diff_clear(curtab); |
1446 | 1127 # endif |
626 | 1128 clear_sb_text(); /* free any scrollback text */ |
359 | 1129 |
1130 /* Free some global vars. */ | |
1131 vim_free(username); | |
1422 | 1132 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD |
359 | 1133 vim_free(clip_exclude_prog); |
1422 | 1134 # endif |
359 | 1135 vim_free(last_cmdline); |
1446 | 1136 # ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST |
359 | 1137 vim_free(new_last_cmdline); |
1446 | 1138 # endif |
680 | 1139 set_keep_msg(NULL, 0); |
359 | 1140 vim_free(ff_expand_buffer); |
356 | 1141 |
1142 /* Clear cmdline history. */ | |
1143 p_hi = 0; | |
1446 | 1144 # ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST |
356 | 1145 init_history(); |
1446 | 1146 # endif |
356 | 1147 |
359 | 1148 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX |
1446 | 1149 { |
1863 | 1150 win_T *win; |
1151 tabpage_T *tab; | |
1446 | 1152 |
1153 qf_free_all(NULL); | |
1154 /* Free all location lists */ | |
1863 | 1155 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tab, win) |
1446 | 1156 qf_free_all(win); |
1157 } | |
359 | 1158 #endif |
1159 | |
1160 /* Close all script inputs. */ | |
1161 close_all_scripts(); | |
1162 | |
1163 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
1164 /* Destroy all windows. Must come before freeing buffers. */ | |
1165 win_free_all(); | |
1166 #endif | |
1167 | |
1576 | 1168 /* Free all buffers. Reset 'autochdir' to avoid accessing things that |
1169 * were freed already. */ | |
1170 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCHDIR | |
1171 p_acd = FALSE; | |
1172 #endif | |
356 | 1173 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; ) |
1174 { | |
1175 nextbuf = buf->b_next; | |
1176 close_buffer(NULL, buf, DOBUF_WIPE); | |
1177 if (buf_valid(buf)) | |
1178 buf = nextbuf; /* didn't work, try next one */ | |
1179 else | |
1180 buf = firstbuf; | |
1181 } | |
1182 | |
359 | 1183 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
1184 free_cmdline_buf(); | |
356 | 1185 #endif |
1186 | |
1187 /* Clear registers. */ | |
1188 clear_registers(); | |
1189 ResetRedobuff(); | |
1190 ResetRedobuff(); | |
1191 | |
1071 | 1192 #if defined(FEAT_CLIENTSERVER) && defined(FEAT_X11) |
359 | 1193 vim_free(serverDelayedStartName); |
1194 #endif | |
1195 | |
356 | 1196 /* highlight info */ |
1197 free_highlight(); | |
1198 | |
362 | 1199 reset_last_sourcing(); |
1200 | |
766 | 1201 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
853 | 1202 free_tabpage(first_tabpage); |
1203 first_tabpage = NULL; | |
766 | 1204 #endif |
1205 | |
356 | 1206 # ifdef UNIX |
1207 /* Machine-specific free. */ | |
1208 mch_free_mem(); | |
1209 # endif | |
1210 | |
1211 /* message history */ | |
1212 for (;;) | |
1213 if (delete_first_msg() == FAIL) | |
1214 break; | |
1215 | |
1216 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
1217 eval_clear(); | |
1218 # endif | |
1219 | |
359 | 1220 free_termoptions(); |
1221 | |
356 | 1222 /* screenlines (can't display anything now!) */ |
1223 free_screenlines(); | |
1224 | |
1225 #if defined(USE_XSMP) | |
1226 xsmp_close(); | |
1227 #endif | |
359 | 1228 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
1229 gui_mch_free_all(); | |
1230 #endif | |
1231 clear_hl_tables(); | |
356 | 1232 |
1233 vim_free(IObuff); | |
1234 vim_free(NameBuff); | |
1235 } | |
1236 #endif | |
1237 | |
7 | 1238 /* |
2656 | 1239 * Copy "string" into newly allocated memory. |
7 | 1240 */ |
1241 char_u * | |
1242 vim_strsave(string) | |
1243 char_u *string; | |
1244 { | |
1245 char_u *p; | |
1246 unsigned len; | |
1247 | |
1248 len = (unsigned)STRLEN(string) + 1; | |
1249 p = alloc(len); | |
1250 if (p != NULL) | |
1251 mch_memmove(p, string, (size_t)len); | |
1252 return p; | |
1253 } | |
1254 | |
2656 | 1255 /* |
1256 * Copy up to "len" bytes of "string" into newly allocated memory and | |
1257 * terminate with a NUL. | |
1258 * The allocated memory always has size "len + 1", also when "string" is | |
1259 * shorter. | |
1260 */ | |
7 | 1261 char_u * |
1262 vim_strnsave(string, len) | |
1263 char_u *string; | |
1264 int len; | |
1265 { | |
1266 char_u *p; | |
1267 | |
1268 p = alloc((unsigned)(len + 1)); | |
1269 if (p != NULL) | |
1270 { | |
1271 STRNCPY(p, string, len); | |
1272 p[len] = NUL; | |
1273 } | |
1274 return p; | |
1275 } | |
1276 | |
1277 /* | |
1278 * Same as vim_strsave(), but any characters found in esc_chars are preceded | |
1279 * by a backslash. | |
1280 */ | |
1281 char_u * | |
1282 vim_strsave_escaped(string, esc_chars) | |
1283 char_u *string; | |
1284 char_u *esc_chars; | |
1285 { | |
16 | 1286 return vim_strsave_escaped_ext(string, esc_chars, '\\', FALSE); |
7 | 1287 } |
1288 | |
1289 /* | |
1290 * Same as vim_strsave_escaped(), but when "bsl" is TRUE also escape | |
1291 * characters where rem_backslash() would remove the backslash. | |
16 | 1292 * Escape the characters with "cc". |
7 | 1293 */ |
1294 char_u * | |
16 | 1295 vim_strsave_escaped_ext(string, esc_chars, cc, bsl) |
7 | 1296 char_u *string; |
1297 char_u *esc_chars; | |
16 | 1298 int cc; |
7 | 1299 int bsl; |
1300 { | |
1301 char_u *p; | |
1302 char_u *p2; | |
1303 char_u *escaped_string; | |
1304 unsigned length; | |
1305 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1306 int l; | |
1307 #endif | |
1308 | |
1309 /* | |
1310 * First count the number of backslashes required. | |
1311 * Then allocate the memory and insert them. | |
1312 */ | |
1313 length = 1; /* count the trailing NUL */ | |
1314 for (p = string; *p; p++) | |
1315 { | |
1316 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
474 | 1317 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1) |
7 | 1318 { |
1319 length += l; /* count a multibyte char */ | |
1320 p += l - 1; | |
1321 continue; | |
1322 } | |
1323 #endif | |
1324 if (vim_strchr(esc_chars, *p) != NULL || (bsl && rem_backslash(p))) | |
1325 ++length; /* count a backslash */ | |
1326 ++length; /* count an ordinary char */ | |
1327 } | |
1328 escaped_string = alloc(length); | |
1329 if (escaped_string != NULL) | |
1330 { | |
1331 p2 = escaped_string; | |
1332 for (p = string; *p; p++) | |
1333 { | |
1334 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
474 | 1335 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1) |
7 | 1336 { |
1337 mch_memmove(p2, p, (size_t)l); | |
1338 p2 += l; | |
1339 p += l - 1; /* skip multibyte char */ | |
1340 continue; | |
1341 } | |
1342 #endif | |
1343 if (vim_strchr(esc_chars, *p) != NULL || (bsl && rem_backslash(p))) | |
16 | 1344 *p2++ = cc; |
7 | 1345 *p2++ = *p; |
1346 } | |
1347 *p2 = NUL; | |
1348 } | |
1349 return escaped_string; | |
1350 } | |
1351 | |
1685 | 1352 /* |
1353 * Return TRUE when 'shell' has "csh" in the tail. | |
1354 */ | |
1355 int | |
1356 csh_like_shell() | |
1357 { | |
1358 return (strstr((char *)gettail(p_sh), "csh") != NULL); | |
1359 } | |
1712 | 1360 |
985 | 1361 /* |
1362 * Escape "string" for use as a shell argument with system(). | |
1993 | 1363 * This uses single quotes, except when we know we need to use double quotes |
985 | 1364 * (MS-DOS and MS-Windows without 'shellslash' set). |
1673 | 1365 * Escape a newline, depending on the 'shell' option. |
1366 * When "do_special" is TRUE also replace "!", "%", "#" and things starting | |
1367 * with "<" like "<cfile>". | |
985 | 1368 * Returns the result in allocated memory, NULL if we have run out. |
1369 */ | |
1370 char_u * | |
1661 | 1371 vim_strsave_shellescape(string, do_special) |
985 | 1372 char_u *string; |
1661 | 1373 int do_special; |
985 | 1374 { |
1375 unsigned length; | |
1376 char_u *p; | |
1377 char_u *d; | |
1378 char_u *escaped_string; | |
1661 | 1379 int l; |
1673 | 1380 int csh_like; |
1381 | |
1382 /* Only csh and similar shells expand '!' within single quotes. For sh and | |
1383 * the like we must not put a backslash before it, it will be taken | |
1384 * literally. If do_special is set the '!' will be escaped twice. | |
1385 * Csh also needs to have "\n" escaped twice when do_special is set. */ | |
1685 | 1386 csh_like = csh_like_shell(); |
985 | 1387 |
1388 /* First count the number of extra bytes required. */ | |
1072 | 1389 length = (unsigned)STRLEN(string) + 3; /* two quotes and a trailing NUL */ |
985 | 1390 for (p = string; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) |
1391 { | |
1392 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS) | |
1393 if (!p_ssl) | |
1394 { | |
1395 if (*p == '"') | |
1396 ++length; /* " -> "" */ | |
1397 } | |
1398 else | |
1399 # endif | |
1400 if (*p == '\'') | |
1401 length += 3; /* ' => '\'' */ | |
1673 | 1402 if (*p == '\n' || (*p == '!' && (csh_like || do_special))) |
1403 { | |
1404 ++length; /* insert backslash */ | |
1405 if (csh_like && do_special) | |
1406 ++length; /* insert backslash */ | |
1407 } | |
1661 | 1408 if (do_special && find_cmdline_var(p, &l) >= 0) |
1409 { | |
1410 ++length; /* insert backslash */ | |
1411 p += l - 1; | |
1412 } | |
985 | 1413 } |
1414 | |
1415 /* Allocate memory for the result and fill it. */ | |
1416 escaped_string = alloc(length); | |
1417 if (escaped_string != NULL) | |
1418 { | |
1419 d = escaped_string; | |
1420 | |
1421 /* add opening quote */ | |
1422 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS) | |
1423 if (!p_ssl) | |
1424 *d++ = '"'; | |
1425 else | |
1426 # endif | |
1427 *d++ = '\''; | |
1428 | |
1429 for (p = string; *p != NUL; ) | |
1430 { | |
1431 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS) | |
1432 if (!p_ssl) | |
1433 { | |
1434 if (*p == '"') | |
1435 { | |
1436 *d++ = '"'; | |
1437 *d++ = '"'; | |
1438 ++p; | |
1439 continue; | |
1440 } | |
1441 } | |
1442 else | |
1443 # endif | |
1444 if (*p == '\'') | |
1445 { | |
1661 | 1446 *d++ = '\''; |
1447 *d++ = '\\'; | |
1448 *d++ = '\''; | |
1449 *d++ = '\''; | |
985 | 1450 ++p; |
1451 continue; | |
1452 } | |
1673 | 1453 if (*p == '\n' || (*p == '!' && (csh_like || do_special))) |
1454 { | |
1455 *d++ = '\\'; | |
1456 if (csh_like && do_special) | |
1457 *d++ = '\\'; | |
1458 *d++ = *p++; | |
1459 continue; | |
1460 } | |
1661 | 1461 if (do_special && find_cmdline_var(p, &l) >= 0) |
1462 { | |
1463 *d++ = '\\'; /* insert backslash */ | |
1464 while (--l >= 0) /* copy the var */ | |
1465 *d++ = *p++; | |
2009 | 1466 continue; |
1661 | 1467 } |
985 | 1468 |
1469 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, d); | |
1470 } | |
1471 | |
1472 /* add terminating quote and finish with a NUL */ | |
1473 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS) | |
1474 if (!p_ssl) | |
1475 *d++ = '"'; | |
1476 else | |
1477 # endif | |
1478 *d++ = '\''; | |
1479 *d = NUL; | |
1480 } | |
1481 | |
1482 return escaped_string; | |
1483 } | |
1484 | |
7 | 1485 /* |
1486 * Like vim_strsave(), but make all characters uppercase. | |
1487 * This uses ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent. | |
1488 */ | |
1489 char_u * | |
1490 vim_strsave_up(string) | |
1491 char_u *string; | |
1492 { | |
1493 char_u *p1; | |
1494 | |
1495 p1 = vim_strsave(string); | |
1496 vim_strup(p1); | |
1497 return p1; | |
1498 } | |
1499 | |
1500 /* | |
1501 * Like vim_strnsave(), but make all characters uppercase. | |
1502 * This uses ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent. | |
1503 */ | |
1504 char_u * | |
1505 vim_strnsave_up(string, len) | |
1506 char_u *string; | |
1507 int len; | |
1508 { | |
1509 char_u *p1; | |
1510 | |
1511 p1 = vim_strnsave(string, len); | |
1512 vim_strup(p1); | |
1513 return p1; | |
1514 } | |
1515 | |
1516 /* | |
1517 * ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent. | |
1518 */ | |
1519 void | |
1520 vim_strup(p) | |
1521 char_u *p; | |
1522 { | |
1523 char_u *p2; | |
1524 int c; | |
1525 | |
1526 if (p != NULL) | |
1527 { | |
1528 p2 = p; | |
1529 while ((c = *p2) != NUL) | |
1530 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
1531 *p2++ = isalpha(c) ? toupper(c) : c; | |
1532 #else | |
1533 *p2++ = (c < 'a' || c > 'z') ? c : (c - 0x20); | |
1534 #endif | |
1535 } | |
1536 } | |
1537 | |
741 | 1538 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO) |
323 | 1539 /* |
1540 * Make string "s" all upper-case and return it in allocated memory. | |
1541 * Handles multi-byte characters as well as possible. | |
1542 * Returns NULL when out of memory. | |
1543 */ | |
1544 char_u * | |
1545 strup_save(orig) | |
1546 char_u *orig; | |
1547 { | |
1548 char_u *p; | |
1549 char_u *res; | |
1550 | |
1551 res = p = vim_strsave(orig); | |
1552 | |
1553 if (res != NULL) | |
1554 while (*p != NUL) | |
1555 { | |
1556 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1557 int l; | |
1558 | |
1559 if (enc_utf8) | |
1560 { | |
1561 int c, uc; | |
3263 | 1562 int newl; |
323 | 1563 char_u *s; |
1564 | |
1565 c = utf_ptr2char(p); | |
1566 uc = utf_toupper(c); | |
1567 | |
1568 /* Reallocate string when byte count changes. This is rare, | |
1569 * thus it's OK to do another malloc()/free(). */ | |
474 | 1570 l = utf_ptr2len(p); |
3263 | 1571 newl = utf_char2len(uc); |
1572 if (newl != l) | |
323 | 1573 { |
3263 | 1574 s = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(res) + 1 + newl - l); |
323 | 1575 if (s == NULL) |
1576 break; | |
1577 mch_memmove(s, res, p - res); | |
3263 | 1578 STRCPY(s + (p - res) + newl, p + l); |
323 | 1579 p = s + (p - res); |
1580 vim_free(res); | |
1581 res = s; | |
1582 } | |
1583 | |
1584 utf_char2bytes(uc, p); | |
3263 | 1585 p += newl; |
323 | 1586 } |
474 | 1587 else if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1) |
323 | 1588 p += l; /* skip multi-byte character */ |
1589 else | |
1590 # endif | |
1591 { | |
1592 *p = TOUPPER_LOC(*p); /* note that toupper() can be a macro */ | |
1593 p++; | |
1594 } | |
1595 } | |
1596 | |
1597 return res; | |
1598 } | |
1599 #endif | |
1600 | |
7 | 1601 /* |
1602 * copy a space a number of times | |
1603 */ | |
1604 void | |
1605 copy_spaces(ptr, count) | |
1606 char_u *ptr; | |
1607 size_t count; | |
1608 { | |
1609 size_t i = count; | |
1610 char_u *p = ptr; | |
1611 | |
1612 while (i--) | |
1613 *p++ = ' '; | |
1614 } | |
1615 | |
1616 #if defined(FEAT_VISUALEXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
1617 /* | |
1618 * Copy a character a number of times. | |
1993 | 1619 * Does not work for multi-byte characters! |
7 | 1620 */ |
1621 void | |
1622 copy_chars(ptr, count, c) | |
1623 char_u *ptr; | |
1624 size_t count; | |
1625 int c; | |
1626 { | |
1627 size_t i = count; | |
1628 char_u *p = ptr; | |
1629 | |
1630 while (i--) | |
1631 *p++ = c; | |
1632 } | |
1633 #endif | |
1634 | |
1635 /* | |
1636 * delete spaces at the end of a string | |
1637 */ | |
1638 void | |
1639 del_trailing_spaces(ptr) | |
1640 char_u *ptr; | |
1641 { | |
1642 char_u *q; | |
1643 | |
1644 q = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); | |
1645 while (--q > ptr && vim_iswhite(q[0]) && q[-1] != '\\' && q[-1] != Ctrl_V) | |
1646 *q = NUL; | |
1647 } | |
1648 | |
1649 /* | |
323 | 1650 * Like strncpy(), but always terminate the result with one NUL. |
378 | 1651 * "to" must be "len + 1" long! |
7 | 1652 */ |
1653 void | |
1654 vim_strncpy(to, from, len) | |
323 | 1655 char_u *to; |
1656 char_u *from; | |
418 | 1657 size_t len; |
7 | 1658 { |
323 | 1659 STRNCPY(to, from, len); |
1660 to[len] = NUL; | |
7 | 1661 } |
1662 | |
1663 /* | |
2768 | 1664 * Like strcat(), but make sure the result fits in "tosize" bytes and is |
1665 * always NUL terminated. | |
1666 */ | |
1667 void | |
1668 vim_strcat(to, from, tosize) | |
1669 char_u *to; | |
1670 char_u *from; | |
1671 size_t tosize; | |
1672 { | |
1673 size_t tolen = STRLEN(to); | |
1674 size_t fromlen = STRLEN(from); | |
1675 | |
1676 if (tolen + fromlen + 1 > tosize) | |
1677 { | |
1678 mch_memmove(to + tolen, from, tosize - tolen - 1); | |
1679 to[tosize - 1] = NUL; | |
1680 } | |
1681 else | |
1682 STRCPY(to + tolen, from); | |
1683 } | |
1684 | |
1685 /* | |
7 | 1686 * Isolate one part of a string option where parts are separated with |
1687 * "sep_chars". | |
459 | 1688 * The part is copied into "buf[maxlen]". |
7 | 1689 * "*option" is advanced to the next part. |
1690 * The length is returned. | |
1691 */ | |
1692 int | |
1693 copy_option_part(option, buf, maxlen, sep_chars) | |
1694 char_u **option; | |
1695 char_u *buf; | |
1696 int maxlen; | |
1697 char *sep_chars; | |
1698 { | |
1699 int len = 0; | |
1700 char_u *p = *option; | |
1701 | |
1702 /* skip '.' at start of option part, for 'suffixes' */ | |
1703 if (*p == '.') | |
1704 buf[len++] = *p++; | |
1705 while (*p != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)sep_chars, *p) == NULL) | |
1706 { | |
1707 /* | |
1708 * Skip backslash before a separator character and space. | |
1709 */ | |
1710 if (p[0] == '\\' && vim_strchr((char_u *)sep_chars, p[1]) != NULL) | |
1711 ++p; | |
1712 if (len < maxlen - 1) | |
1713 buf[len++] = *p; | |
1714 ++p; | |
1715 } | |
1716 buf[len] = NUL; | |
1717 | |
1718 if (*p != NUL && *p != ',') /* skip non-standard separator */ | |
1719 ++p; | |
1720 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* p points to next file name */ | |
1721 | |
1722 *option = p; | |
1723 return len; | |
1724 } | |
1725 | |
1726 /* | |
625 | 1727 * Replacement for free() that ignores NULL pointers. |
1728 * Also skip free() when exiting for sure, this helps when we caught a deadly | |
1729 * signal that was caused by a crash in free(). | |
7 | 1730 */ |
1731 void | |
1732 vim_free(x) | |
1733 void *x; | |
1734 { | |
625 | 1735 if (x != NULL && !really_exiting) |
7 | 1736 { |
1737 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE | |
1738 mem_pre_free(&x); | |
1739 #endif | |
1740 free(x); | |
1741 } | |
1742 } | |
1743 | |
1744 #ifndef HAVE_MEMSET | |
1745 void * | |
1746 vim_memset(ptr, c, size) | |
1747 void *ptr; | |
1748 int c; | |
1749 size_t size; | |
1750 { | |
1751 char *p = ptr; | |
1752 | |
1753 while (size-- > 0) | |
1754 *p++ = c; | |
1755 return ptr; | |
1756 } | |
1757 #endif | |
1758 | |
1759 #ifdef VIM_MEMCMP | |
1760 /* | |
1761 * Return zero when "b1" and "b2" are the same for "len" bytes. | |
1762 * Return non-zero otherwise. | |
1763 */ | |
1764 int | |
1765 vim_memcmp(b1, b2, len) | |
1766 void *b1; | |
1767 void *b2; | |
1768 size_t len; | |
1769 { | |
1770 char_u *p1 = (char_u *)b1, *p2 = (char_u *)b2; | |
1771 | |
1772 for ( ; len > 0; --len) | |
1773 { | |
1774 if (*p1 != *p2) | |
1775 return 1; | |
1776 ++p1; | |
1777 ++p2; | |
1778 } | |
1779 return 0; | |
1780 } | |
1781 #endif | |
1782 | |
1783 #ifdef VIM_MEMMOVE | |
1784 /* | |
1785 * Version of memmove() that handles overlapping source and destination. | |
1786 * For systems that don't have a function that is guaranteed to do that (SYSV). | |
1787 */ | |
1788 void | |
1789 mch_memmove(dst_arg, src_arg, len) | |
1790 void *src_arg, *dst_arg; | |
1791 size_t len; | |
1792 { | |
1793 /* | |
1794 * A void doesn't have a size, we use char pointers. | |
1795 */ | |
1796 char *dst = dst_arg, *src = src_arg; | |
1797 | |
1798 /* overlap, copy backwards */ | |
1799 if (dst > src && dst < src + len) | |
1800 { | |
1801 src += len; | |
1802 dst += len; | |
1803 while (len-- > 0) | |
1804 *--dst = *--src; | |
1805 } | |
1806 else /* copy forwards */ | |
1807 while (len-- > 0) | |
1808 *dst++ = *src++; | |
1809 } | |
1810 #endif | |
1811 | |
1812 #if (!defined(HAVE_STRCASECMP) && !defined(HAVE_STRICMP)) || defined(PROTO) | |
1813 /* | |
1814 * Compare two strings, ignoring case, using current locale. | |
1815 * Doesn't work for multi-byte characters. | |
1816 * return 0 for match, < 0 for smaller, > 0 for bigger | |
1817 */ | |
1818 int | |
1819 vim_stricmp(s1, s2) | |
1820 char *s1; | |
1821 char *s2; | |
1822 { | |
1823 int i; | |
1824 | |
1825 for (;;) | |
1826 { | |
1827 i = (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s1) - (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s2); | |
1828 if (i != 0) | |
1829 return i; /* this character different */ | |
1830 if (*s1 == NUL) | |
1831 break; /* strings match until NUL */ | |
1832 ++s1; | |
1833 ++s2; | |
1834 } | |
1835 return 0; /* strings match */ | |
1836 } | |
1837 #endif | |
1838 | |
1839 #if (!defined(HAVE_STRNCASECMP) && !defined(HAVE_STRNICMP)) || defined(PROTO) | |
1840 /* | |
1841 * Compare two strings, for length "len", ignoring case, using current locale. | |
1842 * Doesn't work for multi-byte characters. | |
1843 * return 0 for match, < 0 for smaller, > 0 for bigger | |
1844 */ | |
1845 int | |
1846 vim_strnicmp(s1, s2, len) | |
1847 char *s1; | |
1848 char *s2; | |
1849 size_t len; | |
1850 { | |
1851 int i; | |
1852 | |
1853 while (len > 0) | |
1854 { | |
1855 i = (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s1) - (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s2); | |
1856 if (i != 0) | |
1857 return i; /* this character different */ | |
1858 if (*s1 == NUL) | |
1859 break; /* strings match until NUL */ | |
1860 ++s1; | |
1861 ++s2; | |
1862 --len; | |
1863 } | |
1864 return 0; /* strings match */ | |
1865 } | |
1866 #endif | |
1867 | |
1868 /* | |
1869 * Version of strchr() and strrchr() that handle unsigned char strings | |
170 | 1870 * with characters from 128 to 255 correctly. It also doesn't return a |
1871 * pointer to the NUL at the end of the string. | |
7 | 1872 */ |
1873 char_u * | |
1874 vim_strchr(string, c) | |
1875 char_u *string; | |
1876 int c; | |
1877 { | |
1878 char_u *p; | |
1879 int b; | |
1880 | |
1881 p = string; | |
1882 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1883 if (enc_utf8 && c >= 0x80) | |
1884 { | |
1885 while (*p != NUL) | |
1886 { | |
1887 if (utf_ptr2char(p) == c) | |
1888 return p; | |
474 | 1889 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
7 | 1890 } |
1891 return NULL; | |
1892 } | |
1893 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && c > 255) | |
1894 { | |
1895 int n2 = c & 0xff; | |
1896 | |
1897 c = ((unsigned)c >> 8) & 0xff; | |
1898 while ((b = *p) != NUL) | |
1899 { | |
1900 if (b == c && p[1] == n2) | |
1901 return p; | |
474 | 1902 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
7 | 1903 } |
1904 return NULL; | |
1905 } | |
1906 if (has_mbyte) | |
1907 { | |
1908 while ((b = *p) != NUL) | |
1909 { | |
1910 if (b == c) | |
1911 return p; | |
474 | 1912 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
7 | 1913 } |
1914 return NULL; | |
1915 } | |
1916 #endif | |
1917 while ((b = *p) != NUL) | |
1918 { | |
1919 if (b == c) | |
1920 return p; | |
1921 ++p; | |
1922 } | |
1923 return NULL; | |
1924 } | |
1925 | |
1926 /* | |
170 | 1927 * Version of strchr() that only works for bytes and handles unsigned char |
1928 * strings with characters above 128 correctly. It also doesn't return a | |
1929 * pointer to the NUL at the end of the string. | |
1930 */ | |
1931 char_u * | |
1932 vim_strbyte(string, c) | |
1933 char_u *string; | |
1934 int c; | |
1935 { | |
1936 char_u *p = string; | |
1937 | |
1938 while (*p != NUL) | |
1939 { | |
1940 if (*p == c) | |
1941 return p; | |
1942 ++p; | |
1943 } | |
1944 return NULL; | |
1945 } | |
1946 | |
1947 /* | |
7 | 1948 * Search for last occurrence of "c" in "string". |
500 | 1949 * Return NULL if not found. |
170 | 1950 * Does not handle multi-byte char for "c"! |
7 | 1951 */ |
1952 char_u * | |
1953 vim_strrchr(string, c) | |
1954 char_u *string; | |
1955 int c; | |
1956 { | |
1957 char_u *retval = NULL; | |
170 | 1958 char_u *p = string; |
1959 | |
1960 while (*p) | |
7 | 1961 { |
170 | 1962 if (*p == c) |
1963 retval = p; | |
1964 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
7 | 1965 } |
1966 return retval; | |
1967 } | |
1968 | |
1969 /* | |
1970 * Vim's version of strpbrk(), in case it's missing. | |
1971 * Don't generate a prototype for this, causes problems when it's not used. | |
1972 */ | |
1973 #ifndef PROTO | |
1974 # ifndef HAVE_STRPBRK | |
1975 # ifdef vim_strpbrk | |
1976 # undef vim_strpbrk | |
1977 # endif | |
1978 char_u * | |
1979 vim_strpbrk(s, charset) | |
1980 char_u *s; | |
1981 char_u *charset; | |
1982 { | |
1983 while (*s) | |
1984 { | |
1985 if (vim_strchr(charset, *s) != NULL) | |
1986 return s; | |
39 | 1987 mb_ptr_adv(s); |
7 | 1988 } |
1989 return NULL; | |
1990 } | |
1991 # endif | |
1992 #endif | |
1993 | |
1994 /* | |
1995 * Vim has its own isspace() function, because on some machines isspace() | |
1996 * can't handle characters above 128. | |
1997 */ | |
1998 int | |
1999 vim_isspace(x) | |
2000 int x; | |
2001 { | |
2002 return ((x >= 9 && x <= 13) || x == ' '); | |
2003 } | |
2004 | |
2005 /************************************************************************ | |
119 | 2006 * Functions for handling growing arrays. |
7 | 2007 */ |
2008 | |
2009 /* | |
2010 * Clear an allocated growing array. | |
2011 */ | |
2012 void | |
2013 ga_clear(gap) | |
2014 garray_T *gap; | |
2015 { | |
2016 vim_free(gap->ga_data); | |
2017 ga_init(gap); | |
2018 } | |
2019 | |
2020 /* | |
2021 * Clear a growing array that contains a list of strings. | |
2022 */ | |
2023 void | |
2024 ga_clear_strings(gap) | |
2025 garray_T *gap; | |
2026 { | |
2027 int i; | |
2028 | |
2029 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i) | |
2030 vim_free(((char_u **)(gap->ga_data))[i]); | |
2031 ga_clear(gap); | |
2032 } | |
2033 | |
2034 /* | |
2035 * Initialize a growing array. Don't forget to set ga_itemsize and | |
2036 * ga_growsize! Or use ga_init2(). | |
2037 */ | |
2038 void | |
2039 ga_init(gap) | |
2040 garray_T *gap; | |
2041 { | |
2042 gap->ga_data = NULL; | |
41 | 2043 gap->ga_maxlen = 0; |
7 | 2044 gap->ga_len = 0; |
2045 } | |
2046 | |
2047 void | |
2048 ga_init2(gap, itemsize, growsize) | |
2049 garray_T *gap; | |
2050 int itemsize; | |
2051 int growsize; | |
2052 { | |
2053 ga_init(gap); | |
2054 gap->ga_itemsize = itemsize; | |
2055 gap->ga_growsize = growsize; | |
2056 } | |
2057 | |
2058 /* | |
2059 * Make room in growing array "gap" for at least "n" items. | |
2060 * Return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise. | |
2061 */ | |
2062 int | |
2063 ga_grow(gap, n) | |
2064 garray_T *gap; | |
2065 int n; | |
2066 { | |
2067 size_t len; | |
2068 char_u *pp; | |
2069 | |
41 | 2070 if (gap->ga_maxlen - gap->ga_len < n) |
7 | 2071 { |
2072 if (n < gap->ga_growsize) | |
2073 n = gap->ga_growsize; | |
2074 len = gap->ga_itemsize * (gap->ga_len + n); | |
2075 pp = alloc_clear((unsigned)len); | |
2076 if (pp == NULL) | |
2077 return FAIL; | |
41 | 2078 gap->ga_maxlen = gap->ga_len + n; |
7 | 2079 if (gap->ga_data != NULL) |
2080 { | |
2081 mch_memmove(pp, gap->ga_data, | |
2082 (size_t)(gap->ga_itemsize * gap->ga_len)); | |
2083 vim_free(gap->ga_data); | |
2084 } | |
2085 gap->ga_data = pp; | |
2086 } | |
2087 return OK; | |
2088 } | |
2089 | |
2090 /* | |
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2091 * For a growing array that contains a list of strings: concatenate all the |
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2092 * strings with a separating comma. |
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2093 * Returns NULL when out of memory. |
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2094 */ |
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2095 char_u * |
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2096 ga_concat_strings(gap) |
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2097 garray_T *gap; |
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2098 { |
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2099 int i; |
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2100 int len = 0; |
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2101 char_u *s; |
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2102 |
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2103 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i) |
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2104 len += (int)STRLEN(((char_u **)(gap->ga_data))[i]) + 1; |
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2105 |
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2106 s = alloc(len + 1); |
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2107 if (s != NULL) |
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2108 { |
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2109 *s = NUL; |
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2110 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i) |
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2111 { |
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2112 if (*s != NUL) |
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2113 STRCAT(s, ","); |
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2114 STRCAT(s, ((char_u **)(gap->ga_data))[i]); |
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2115 } |
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2116 } |
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2117 return s; |
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2118 } |
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2119 |
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2120 /* |
7 | 2121 * Concatenate a string to a growarray which contains characters. |
2122 * Note: Does NOT copy the NUL at the end! | |
2123 */ | |
2124 void | |
2125 ga_concat(gap, s) | |
2126 garray_T *gap; | |
2127 char_u *s; | |
2128 { | |
2129 int len = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
2130 | |
2131 if (ga_grow(gap, len) == OK) | |
2132 { | |
2133 mch_memmove((char *)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len, s, (size_t)len); | |
2134 gap->ga_len += len; | |
2135 } | |
2136 } | |
2137 | |
2138 /* | |
2139 * Append one byte to a growarray which contains bytes. | |
2140 */ | |
2141 void | |
2142 ga_append(gap, c) | |
2143 garray_T *gap; | |
2144 int c; | |
2145 { | |
2146 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == OK) | |
2147 { | |
2148 *((char *)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len) = c; | |
2149 ++gap->ga_len; | |
2150 } | |
2151 } | |
2152 | |
2935 | 2153 #if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(USE_SYSTEM)) || defined(WIN3264) |
2154 /* | |
2155 * Append the text in "gap" below the cursor line and clear "gap". | |
2156 */ | |
2157 void | |
2158 append_ga_line(gap) | |
2159 garray_T *gap; | |
2160 { | |
2161 /* Remove trailing CR. */ | |
2162 if (gap->ga_len > 0 | |
2163 && !curbuf->b_p_bin | |
2164 && ((char_u *)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len - 1] == CAR) | |
2165 --gap->ga_len; | |
2166 ga_append(gap, NUL); | |
2167 ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum++, gap->ga_data, 0, FALSE); | |
2168 gap->ga_len = 0; | |
2169 } | |
2170 #endif | |
2171 | |
7 | 2172 /************************************************************************ |
2173 * functions that use lookup tables for various things, generally to do with | |
2174 * special key codes. | |
2175 */ | |
2176 | |
2177 /* | |
2178 * Some useful tables. | |
2179 */ | |
2180 | |
2181 static struct modmasktable | |
2182 { | |
2183 short mod_mask; /* Bit-mask for particular key modifier */ | |
2184 short mod_flag; /* Bit(s) for particular key modifier */ | |
2185 char_u name; /* Single letter name of modifier */ | |
2186 } mod_mask_table[] = | |
2187 { | |
2188 {MOD_MASK_ALT, MOD_MASK_ALT, (char_u)'M'}, | |
179 | 2189 {MOD_MASK_META, MOD_MASK_META, (char_u)'T'}, |
7 | 2190 {MOD_MASK_CTRL, MOD_MASK_CTRL, (char_u)'C'}, |
2191 {MOD_MASK_SHIFT, MOD_MASK_SHIFT, (char_u)'S'}, | |
2192 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_2CLICK, (char_u)'2'}, | |
2193 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_3CLICK, (char_u)'3'}, | |
2194 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_4CLICK, (char_u)'4'}, | |
2195 #ifdef MACOS | |
2196 {MOD_MASK_CMD, MOD_MASK_CMD, (char_u)'D'}, | |
2197 #endif | |
2198 /* 'A' must be the last one */ | |
2199 {MOD_MASK_ALT, MOD_MASK_ALT, (char_u)'A'}, | |
2200 {0, 0, NUL} | |
2201 }; | |
2202 | |
2203 /* | |
2204 * Shifted key terminal codes and their unshifted equivalent. | |
1209 | 2205 * Don't add mouse codes here, they are handled separately! |
7 | 2206 */ |
2207 #define MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE 5 | |
2208 | |
2209 static char_u modifier_keys_table[] = | |
2210 { | |
2211 /* mod mask with modifier without modifier */ | |
2212 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '&', '9', '@', '1', /* begin */ | |
2213 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '&', '0', '@', '2', /* cancel */ | |
2214 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '1', '@', '4', /* command */ | |
2215 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '2', '@', '5', /* copy */ | |
2216 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '3', '@', '6', /* create */ | |
2217 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '4', 'k', 'D', /* delete char */ | |
2218 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '5', 'k', 'L', /* delete line */ | |
2219 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '7', '@', '7', /* end */ | |
2220 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_END, '@', '7', /* end */ | |
2221 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '9', '@', '9', /* exit */ | |
2222 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '0', '@', '0', /* find */ | |
2223 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '1', '%', '1', /* help */ | |
2224 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '2', 'k', 'h', /* home */ | |
2225 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_HOME, 'k', 'h', /* home */ | |
2226 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '3', 'k', 'I', /* insert */ | |
2227 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '4', 'k', 'l', /* left arrow */ | |
2228 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_LEFT, 'k', 'l', /* left arrow */ | |
2229 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'a', '%', '3', /* message */ | |
2230 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'b', '%', '4', /* move */ | |
2231 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'c', '%', '5', /* next */ | |
2232 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'd', '%', '7', /* options */ | |
2233 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'e', '%', '8', /* previous */ | |
2234 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'f', '%', '9', /* print */ | |
2235 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'g', '%', '0', /* redo */ | |
2236 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'h', '&', '3', /* replace */ | |
2237 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'i', 'k', 'r', /* right arr. */ | |
2238 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_RIGHT, 'k', 'r', /* right arr. */ | |
2239 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'j', '&', '5', /* resume */ | |
2240 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '1', '&', '6', /* save */ | |
2241 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '2', '&', '7', /* suspend */ | |
2242 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '3', '&', '8', /* undo */ | |
2243 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_UP, 'k', 'u', /* up arrow */ | |
2244 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_DOWN, 'k', 'd', /* down arrow */ | |
2245 | |
2246 /* vt100 F1 */ | |
2247 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF1, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF1, | |
2248 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF2, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF2, | |
2249 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF3, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF3, | |
2250 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF4, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF4, | |
2251 | |
2252 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F1, 'k', '1', /* F1 */ | |
2253 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F2, 'k', '2', | |
2254 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F3, 'k', '3', | |
2255 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F4, 'k', '4', | |
2256 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F5, 'k', '5', | |
2257 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F6, 'k', '6', | |
2258 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F7, 'k', '7', | |
2259 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F8, 'k', '8', | |
2260 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F9, 'k', '9', | |
2261 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F10, 'k', ';', /* F10 */ | |
2262 | |
2263 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F11, 'F', '1', | |
2264 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F12, 'F', '2', | |
2265 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F13, 'F', '3', | |
2266 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F14, 'F', '4', | |
2267 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F15, 'F', '5', | |
2268 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F16, 'F', '6', | |
2269 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F17, 'F', '7', | |
2270 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F18, 'F', '8', | |
2271 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F19, 'F', '9', | |
2272 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F20, 'F', 'A', | |
2273 | |
2274 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F21, 'F', 'B', | |
2275 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F22, 'F', 'C', | |
2276 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F23, 'F', 'D', | |
2277 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F24, 'F', 'E', | |
2278 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F25, 'F', 'F', | |
2279 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F26, 'F', 'G', | |
2280 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F27, 'F', 'H', | |
2281 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F28, 'F', 'I', | |
2282 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F29, 'F', 'J', | |
2283 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F30, 'F', 'K', | |
2284 | |
2285 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F31, 'F', 'L', | |
2286 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F32, 'F', 'M', | |
2287 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F33, 'F', 'N', | |
2288 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F34, 'F', 'O', | |
2289 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F35, 'F', 'P', | |
2290 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F36, 'F', 'Q', | |
2291 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F37, 'F', 'R', | |
2292 | |
2293 /* TAB pseudo code*/ | |
2294 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, 'k', 'B', KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_TAB, | |
2295 | |
2296 NUL | |
2297 }; | |
2298 | |
2299 static struct key_name_entry | |
2300 { | |
2301 int key; /* Special key code or ascii value */ | |
2302 char_u *name; /* Name of key */ | |
2303 } key_names_table[] = | |
2304 { | |
2305 {' ', (char_u *)"Space"}, | |
2306 {TAB, (char_u *)"Tab"}, | |
2307 {K_TAB, (char_u *)"Tab"}, | |
2308 {NL, (char_u *)"NL"}, | |
2309 {NL, (char_u *)"NewLine"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
2310 {NL, (char_u *)"LineFeed"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
2311 {NL, (char_u *)"LF"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
2312 {CAR, (char_u *)"CR"}, | |
2313 {CAR, (char_u *)"Return"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
2314 {CAR, (char_u *)"Enter"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
2315 {K_BS, (char_u *)"BS"}, | |
2316 {K_BS, (char_u *)"BackSpace"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
2317 {ESC, (char_u *)"Esc"}, | |
2318 {CSI, (char_u *)"CSI"}, | |
2319 {K_CSI, (char_u *)"xCSI"}, | |
2320 {'|', (char_u *)"Bar"}, | |
2321 {'\\', (char_u *)"Bslash"}, | |
2322 {K_DEL, (char_u *)"Del"}, | |
2323 {K_DEL, (char_u *)"Delete"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
2324 {K_KDEL, (char_u *)"kDel"}, | |
2325 {K_UP, (char_u *)"Up"}, | |
2326 {K_DOWN, (char_u *)"Down"}, | |
2327 {K_LEFT, (char_u *)"Left"}, | |
2328 {K_RIGHT, (char_u *)"Right"}, | |
180 | 2329 {K_XUP, (char_u *)"xUp"}, |
2330 {K_XDOWN, (char_u *)"xDown"}, | |
2331 {K_XLEFT, (char_u *)"xLeft"}, | |
2332 {K_XRIGHT, (char_u *)"xRight"}, | |
7 | 2333 |
2334 {K_F1, (char_u *)"F1"}, | |
2335 {K_F2, (char_u *)"F2"}, | |
2336 {K_F3, (char_u *)"F3"}, | |
2337 {K_F4, (char_u *)"F4"}, | |
2338 {K_F5, (char_u *)"F5"}, | |
2339 {K_F6, (char_u *)"F6"}, | |
2340 {K_F7, (char_u *)"F7"}, | |
2341 {K_F8, (char_u *)"F8"}, | |
2342 {K_F9, (char_u *)"F9"}, | |
2343 {K_F10, (char_u *)"F10"}, | |
2344 | |
2345 {K_F11, (char_u *)"F11"}, | |
2346 {K_F12, (char_u *)"F12"}, | |
2347 {K_F13, (char_u *)"F13"}, | |
2348 {K_F14, (char_u *)"F14"}, | |
2349 {K_F15, (char_u *)"F15"}, | |
2350 {K_F16, (char_u *)"F16"}, | |
2351 {K_F17, (char_u *)"F17"}, | |
2352 {K_F18, (char_u *)"F18"}, | |
2353 {K_F19, (char_u *)"F19"}, | |
2354 {K_F20, (char_u *)"F20"}, | |
2355 | |
2356 {K_F21, (char_u *)"F21"}, | |
2357 {K_F22, (char_u *)"F22"}, | |
2358 {K_F23, (char_u *)"F23"}, | |
2359 {K_F24, (char_u *)"F24"}, | |
2360 {K_F25, (char_u *)"F25"}, | |
2361 {K_F26, (char_u *)"F26"}, | |
2362 {K_F27, (char_u *)"F27"}, | |
2363 {K_F28, (char_u *)"F28"}, | |
2364 {K_F29, (char_u *)"F29"}, | |
2365 {K_F30, (char_u *)"F30"}, | |
2366 | |
2367 {K_F31, (char_u *)"F31"}, | |
2368 {K_F32, (char_u *)"F32"}, | |
2369 {K_F33, (char_u *)"F33"}, | |
2370 {K_F34, (char_u *)"F34"}, | |
2371 {K_F35, (char_u *)"F35"}, | |
2372 {K_F36, (char_u *)"F36"}, | |
2373 {K_F37, (char_u *)"F37"}, | |
2374 | |
2375 {K_XF1, (char_u *)"xF1"}, | |
2376 {K_XF2, (char_u *)"xF2"}, | |
2377 {K_XF3, (char_u *)"xF3"}, | |
2378 {K_XF4, (char_u *)"xF4"}, | |
2379 | |
2380 {K_HELP, (char_u *)"Help"}, | |
2381 {K_UNDO, (char_u *)"Undo"}, | |
2382 {K_INS, (char_u *)"Insert"}, | |
2383 {K_INS, (char_u *)"Ins"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
2384 {K_KINS, (char_u *)"kInsert"}, | |
2385 {K_HOME, (char_u *)"Home"}, | |
2386 {K_KHOME, (char_u *)"kHome"}, | |
2387 {K_XHOME, (char_u *)"xHome"}, | |
230 | 2388 {K_ZHOME, (char_u *)"zHome"}, |
7 | 2389 {K_END, (char_u *)"End"}, |
2390 {K_KEND, (char_u *)"kEnd"}, | |
2391 {K_XEND, (char_u *)"xEnd"}, | |
230 | 2392 {K_ZEND, (char_u *)"zEnd"}, |
7 | 2393 {K_PAGEUP, (char_u *)"PageUp"}, |
2394 {K_PAGEDOWN, (char_u *)"PageDown"}, | |
2395 {K_KPAGEUP, (char_u *)"kPageUp"}, | |
2396 {K_KPAGEDOWN, (char_u *)"kPageDown"}, | |
2397 | |
2398 {K_KPLUS, (char_u *)"kPlus"}, | |
2399 {K_KMINUS, (char_u *)"kMinus"}, | |
2400 {K_KDIVIDE, (char_u *)"kDivide"}, | |
2401 {K_KMULTIPLY, (char_u *)"kMultiply"}, | |
2402 {K_KENTER, (char_u *)"kEnter"}, | |
2403 {K_KPOINT, (char_u *)"kPoint"}, | |
2404 | |
2405 {K_K0, (char_u *)"k0"}, | |
2406 {K_K1, (char_u *)"k1"}, | |
2407 {K_K2, (char_u *)"k2"}, | |
2408 {K_K3, (char_u *)"k3"}, | |
2409 {K_K4, (char_u *)"k4"}, | |
2410 {K_K5, (char_u *)"k5"}, | |
2411 {K_K6, (char_u *)"k6"}, | |
2412 {K_K7, (char_u *)"k7"}, | |
2413 {K_K8, (char_u *)"k8"}, | |
2414 {K_K9, (char_u *)"k9"}, | |
2415 | |
2416 {'<', (char_u *)"lt"}, | |
2417 | |
2418 {K_MOUSE, (char_u *)"Mouse"}, | |
3273 | 2419 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_NET |
7 | 2420 {K_NETTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"NetMouse"}, |
3273 | 2421 #endif |
2422 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_DEC | |
7 | 2423 {K_DEC_MOUSE, (char_u *)"DecMouse"}, |
3273 | 2424 #endif |
2425 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_JSB | |
7 | 2426 {K_JSBTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"JsbMouse"}, |
3273 | 2427 #endif |
2428 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_PTERM | |
7 | 2429 {K_PTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"PtermMouse"}, |
3273 | 2430 #endif |
2431 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_URXVT | |
2432 {K_URXVT_MOUSE, (char_u *)"UrxvtMouse"}, | |
2433 #endif | |
7 | 2434 {K_LEFTMOUSE, (char_u *)"LeftMouse"}, |
2435 {K_LEFTMOUSE_NM, (char_u *)"LeftMouseNM"}, | |
2436 {K_LEFTDRAG, (char_u *)"LeftDrag"}, | |
2437 {K_LEFTRELEASE, (char_u *)"LeftRelease"}, | |
2438 {K_LEFTRELEASE_NM, (char_u *)"LeftReleaseNM"}, | |
2439 {K_MIDDLEMOUSE, (char_u *)"MiddleMouse"}, | |
2440 {K_MIDDLEDRAG, (char_u *)"MiddleDrag"}, | |
2441 {K_MIDDLERELEASE, (char_u *)"MiddleRelease"}, | |
2442 {K_RIGHTMOUSE, (char_u *)"RightMouse"}, | |
2443 {K_RIGHTDRAG, (char_u *)"RightDrag"}, | |
2444 {K_RIGHTRELEASE, (char_u *)"RightRelease"}, | |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2445 {K_MOUSEDOWN, (char_u *)"ScrollWheelUp"}, |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2446 {K_MOUSEUP, (char_u *)"ScrollWheelDown"}, |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2447 {K_MOUSELEFT, (char_u *)"ScrollWheelRight"}, |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2448 {K_MOUSERIGHT, (char_u *)"ScrollWheelLeft"}, |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2449 {K_MOUSEDOWN, (char_u *)"MouseDown"}, /* OBSOLETE: Use */ |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2450 {K_MOUSEUP, (char_u *)"MouseUp"}, /* ScrollWheelXXX instead */ |
7 | 2451 {K_X1MOUSE, (char_u *)"X1Mouse"}, |
2452 {K_X1DRAG, (char_u *)"X1Drag"}, | |
2453 {K_X1RELEASE, (char_u *)"X1Release"}, | |
2454 {K_X2MOUSE, (char_u *)"X2Mouse"}, | |
2455 {K_X2DRAG, (char_u *)"X2Drag"}, | |
2456 {K_X2RELEASE, (char_u *)"X2Release"}, | |
2457 {K_DROP, (char_u *)"Drop"}, | |
2458 {K_ZERO, (char_u *)"Nul"}, | |
2459 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
2460 {K_SNR, (char_u *)"SNR"}, | |
2461 #endif | |
2462 {K_PLUG, (char_u *)"Plug"}, | |
2463 {0, NULL} | |
2464 }; | |
2465 | |
2466 #define KEY_NAMES_TABLE_LEN (sizeof(key_names_table) / sizeof(struct key_name_entry)) | |
2467 | |
2468 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
2469 static struct mousetable | |
2470 { | |
2471 int pseudo_code; /* Code for pseudo mouse event */ | |
2472 int button; /* Which mouse button is it? */ | |
2473 int is_click; /* Is it a mouse button click event? */ | |
2474 int is_drag; /* Is it a mouse drag event? */ | |
2475 } mouse_table[] = | |
2476 { | |
2477 {(int)KE_LEFTMOUSE, MOUSE_LEFT, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
2478 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
2479 {(int)KE_LEFTMOUSE_NM, MOUSE_LEFT, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
2480 #endif | |
2481 {(int)KE_LEFTDRAG, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
2482 {(int)KE_LEFTRELEASE, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
2483 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
2484 {(int)KE_LEFTRELEASE_NM, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
2485 #endif | |
2486 {(int)KE_MIDDLEMOUSE, MOUSE_MIDDLE, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
2487 {(int)KE_MIDDLEDRAG, MOUSE_MIDDLE, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
2488 {(int)KE_MIDDLERELEASE, MOUSE_MIDDLE, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
2489 {(int)KE_RIGHTMOUSE, MOUSE_RIGHT, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
2490 {(int)KE_RIGHTDRAG, MOUSE_RIGHT, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
2491 {(int)KE_RIGHTRELEASE, MOUSE_RIGHT, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
2492 {(int)KE_X1MOUSE, MOUSE_X1, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
2493 {(int)KE_X1DRAG, MOUSE_X1, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
2494 {(int)KE_X1RELEASE, MOUSE_X1, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
2495 {(int)KE_X2MOUSE, MOUSE_X2, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
2496 {(int)KE_X2DRAG, MOUSE_X2, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
2497 {(int)KE_X2RELEASE, MOUSE_X2, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
2498 /* DRAG without CLICK */ | |
2499 {(int)KE_IGNORE, MOUSE_RELEASE, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
2500 /* RELEASE without CLICK */ | |
2501 {(int)KE_IGNORE, MOUSE_RELEASE, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
2502 {0, 0, 0, 0}, | |
2503 }; | |
2504 #endif /* FEAT_MOUSE */ | |
2505 | |
2506 /* | |
2507 * Return the modifier mask bit (MOD_MASK_*) which corresponds to the given | |
2508 * modifier name ('S' for Shift, 'C' for Ctrl etc). | |
2509 */ | |
2510 int | |
2511 name_to_mod_mask(c) | |
2512 int c; | |
2513 { | |
2514 int i; | |
2515 | |
2516 c = TOUPPER_ASC(c); | |
2517 for (i = 0; mod_mask_table[i].mod_mask != 0; i++) | |
2518 if (c == mod_mask_table[i].name) | |
2519 return mod_mask_table[i].mod_flag; | |
2520 return 0; | |
2521 } | |
2522 | |
2523 /* | |
2524 * Check if if there is a special key code for "key" that includes the | |
2525 * modifiers specified. | |
2526 */ | |
2527 int | |
2528 simplify_key(key, modifiers) | |
2529 int key; | |
2530 int *modifiers; | |
2531 { | |
2532 int i; | |
2533 int key0; | |
2534 int key1; | |
2535 | |
2536 if (*modifiers & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL | MOD_MASK_ALT)) | |
2537 { | |
2538 /* TAB is a special case */ | |
2539 if (key == TAB && (*modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) | |
2540 { | |
2541 *modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
2542 return K_S_TAB; | |
2543 } | |
2544 key0 = KEY2TERMCAP0(key); | |
2545 key1 = KEY2TERMCAP1(key); | |
2546 for (i = 0; modifier_keys_table[i] != NUL; i += MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE) | |
2547 if (key0 == modifier_keys_table[i + 3] | |
2548 && key1 == modifier_keys_table[i + 4] | |
2549 && (*modifiers & modifier_keys_table[i])) | |
2550 { | |
2551 *modifiers &= ~modifier_keys_table[i]; | |
2552 return TERMCAP2KEY(modifier_keys_table[i + 1], | |
2553 modifier_keys_table[i + 2]); | |
2554 } | |
2555 } | |
2556 return key; | |
2557 } | |
2558 | |
2559 /* | |
180 | 2560 * Change <xHome> to <Home>, <xUp> to <Up>, etc. |
2561 */ | |
2562 int | |
2563 handle_x_keys(key) | |
2564 int key; | |
2565 { | |
2566 switch (key) | |
2567 { | |
2568 case K_XUP: return K_UP; | |
2569 case K_XDOWN: return K_DOWN; | |
2570 case K_XLEFT: return K_LEFT; | |
2571 case K_XRIGHT: return K_RIGHT; | |
2572 case K_XHOME: return K_HOME; | |
230 | 2573 case K_ZHOME: return K_HOME; |
180 | 2574 case K_XEND: return K_END; |
230 | 2575 case K_ZEND: return K_END; |
180 | 2576 case K_XF1: return K_F1; |
2577 case K_XF2: return K_F2; | |
2578 case K_XF3: return K_F3; | |
2579 case K_XF4: return K_F4; | |
2580 case K_S_XF1: return K_S_F1; | |
2581 case K_S_XF2: return K_S_F2; | |
2582 case K_S_XF3: return K_S_F3; | |
2583 case K_S_XF4: return K_S_F4; | |
2584 } | |
2585 return key; | |
2586 } | |
2587 | |
2588 /* | |
7 | 2589 * Return a string which contains the name of the given key when the given |
2590 * modifiers are down. | |
2591 */ | |
2592 char_u * | |
2593 get_special_key_name(c, modifiers) | |
2594 int c; | |
2595 int modifiers; | |
2596 { | |
2597 static char_u string[MAX_KEY_NAME_LEN + 1]; | |
2598 | |
2599 int i, idx; | |
2600 int table_idx; | |
2601 char_u *s; | |
2602 | |
2603 string[0] = '<'; | |
2604 idx = 1; | |
2605 | |
2606 /* Key that stands for a normal character. */ | |
2607 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) && KEY2TERMCAP0(c) == KS_KEY) | |
2608 c = KEY2TERMCAP1(c); | |
2609 | |
2610 /* | |
2611 * Translate shifted special keys into unshifted keys and set modifier. | |
2612 * Same for CTRL and ALT modifiers. | |
2613 */ | |
2614 if (IS_SPECIAL(c)) | |
2615 { | |
2616 for (i = 0; modifier_keys_table[i] != 0; i += MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE) | |
2617 if ( KEY2TERMCAP0(c) == (int)modifier_keys_table[i + 1] | |
2618 && (int)KEY2TERMCAP1(c) == (int)modifier_keys_table[i + 2]) | |
2619 { | |
2620 modifiers |= modifier_keys_table[i]; | |
2621 c = TERMCAP2KEY(modifier_keys_table[i + 3], | |
2622 modifier_keys_table[i + 4]); | |
2623 break; | |
2624 } | |
2625 } | |
2626 | |
2627 /* try to find the key in the special key table */ | |
2628 table_idx = find_special_key_in_table(c); | |
2629 | |
2630 /* | |
2631 * When not a known special key, and not a printable character, try to | |
2632 * extract modifiers. | |
2633 */ | |
2634 if (c > 0 | |
2635 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2636 && (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1 | |
2637 #endif | |
2638 ) | |
2639 { | |
2640 if (table_idx < 0 | |
2641 && (!vim_isprintc(c) || (c & 0x7f) == ' ') | |
2642 && (c & 0x80)) | |
2643 { | |
2644 c &= 0x7f; | |
2645 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT; | |
2646 /* try again, to find the un-alted key in the special key table */ | |
2647 table_idx = find_special_key_in_table(c); | |
2648 } | |
2649 if (table_idx < 0 && !vim_isprintc(c) && c < ' ') | |
2650 { | |
2651 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
2652 c = CtrlChar(c); | |
2653 #else | |
2654 c += '@'; | |
2655 #endif | |
2656 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
2657 } | |
2658 } | |
2659 | |
2660 /* translate the modifier into a string */ | |
2661 for (i = 0; mod_mask_table[i].name != 'A'; i++) | |
2662 if ((modifiers & mod_mask_table[i].mod_mask) | |
2663 == mod_mask_table[i].mod_flag) | |
2664 { | |
2665 string[idx++] = mod_mask_table[i].name; | |
2666 string[idx++] = (char_u)'-'; | |
2667 } | |
2668 | |
2669 if (table_idx < 0) /* unknown special key, may output t_xx */ | |
2670 { | |
2671 if (IS_SPECIAL(c)) | |
2672 { | |
2673 string[idx++] = 't'; | |
2674 string[idx++] = '_'; | |
2675 string[idx++] = KEY2TERMCAP0(c); | |
2676 string[idx++] = KEY2TERMCAP1(c); | |
2677 } | |
2678 /* Not a special key, only modifiers, output directly */ | |
2679 else | |
2680 { | |
2681 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2682 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
2683 idx += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, string + idx); | |
2684 else | |
2685 #endif | |
2686 if (vim_isprintc(c)) | |
2687 string[idx++] = c; | |
2688 else | |
2689 { | |
2690 s = transchar(c); | |
2691 while (*s) | |
2692 string[idx++] = *s++; | |
2693 } | |
2694 } | |
2695 } | |
2696 else /* use name of special key */ | |
2697 { | |
2698 STRCPY(string + idx, key_names_table[table_idx].name); | |
2699 idx = (int)STRLEN(string); | |
2700 } | |
2701 string[idx++] = '>'; | |
2702 string[idx] = NUL; | |
2703 return string; | |
2704 } | |
2705 | |
2706 /* | |
2707 * Try translating a <> name at (*srcp)[] to dst[]. | |
2708 * Return the number of characters added to dst[], zero for no match. | |
2709 * If there is a match, srcp is advanced to after the <> name. | |
2710 * dst[] must be big enough to hold the result (up to six characters)! | |
2711 */ | |
2712 int | |
2713 trans_special(srcp, dst, keycode) | |
2714 char_u **srcp; | |
2715 char_u *dst; | |
2716 int keycode; /* prefer key code, e.g. K_DEL instead of DEL */ | |
2717 { | |
2718 int modifiers = 0; | |
2719 int key; | |
2720 int dlen = 0; | |
2721 | |
1775 | 2722 key = find_special_key(srcp, &modifiers, keycode, FALSE); |
7 | 2723 if (key == 0) |
2724 return 0; | |
2725 | |
2726 /* Put the appropriate modifier in a string */ | |
2727 if (modifiers != 0) | |
2728 { | |
2729 dst[dlen++] = K_SPECIAL; | |
2730 dst[dlen++] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
2731 dst[dlen++] = modifiers; | |
2732 } | |
2733 | |
2734 if (IS_SPECIAL(key)) | |
2735 { | |
2736 dst[dlen++] = K_SPECIAL; | |
2737 dst[dlen++] = KEY2TERMCAP0(key); | |
2738 dst[dlen++] = KEY2TERMCAP1(key); | |
2739 } | |
2740 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2741 else if (has_mbyte && !keycode) | |
2742 dlen += (*mb_char2bytes)(key, dst + dlen); | |
2743 #endif | |
2744 else if (keycode) | |
2745 dlen = (int)(add_char2buf(key, dst + dlen) - dst); | |
2746 else | |
2747 dst[dlen++] = key; | |
2748 | |
2749 return dlen; | |
2750 } | |
2751 | |
2752 /* | |
2753 * Try translating a <> name at (*srcp)[], return the key and modifiers. | |
2754 * srcp is advanced to after the <> name. | |
2755 * returns 0 if there is no match. | |
2756 */ | |
2757 int | |
1775 | 2758 find_special_key(srcp, modp, keycode, keep_x_key) |
7 | 2759 char_u **srcp; |
2760 int *modp; | |
1775 | 2761 int keycode; /* prefer key code, e.g. K_DEL instead of DEL */ |
2762 int keep_x_key; /* don't translate xHome to Home key */ | |
7 | 2763 { |
2764 char_u *last_dash; | |
2765 char_u *end_of_name; | |
2766 char_u *src; | |
2767 char_u *bp; | |
2768 int modifiers; | |
2769 int bit; | |
2770 int key; | |
835 | 2771 unsigned long n; |
3024 | 2772 int l; |
7 | 2773 |
2774 src = *srcp; | |
2775 if (src[0] != '<') | |
2776 return 0; | |
2777 | |
2778 /* Find end of modifier list */ | |
2779 last_dash = src; | |
2780 for (bp = src + 1; *bp == '-' || vim_isIDc(*bp); bp++) | |
2781 { | |
2782 if (*bp == '-') | |
2783 { | |
2784 last_dash = bp; | |
3024 | 2785 if (bp[1] != NUL) |
2786 { | |
2787 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2788 if (has_mbyte) | |
2789 l = mb_ptr2len(bp + 1); | |
2790 else | |
2791 #endif | |
2792 l = 1; | |
2793 if (bp[l + 1] == '>') | |
2794 bp += l; /* anything accepted, like <C-?> */ | |
2795 } | |
7 | 2796 } |
2797 if (bp[0] == 't' && bp[1] == '_' && bp[2] && bp[3]) | |
2798 bp += 3; /* skip t_xx, xx may be '-' or '>' */ | |
3026 | 2799 else if (STRNICMP(bp, "char-", 5) == 0) |
2800 { | |
2801 vim_str2nr(bp + 5, NULL, &l, TRUE, TRUE, NULL, NULL); | |
2802 bp += l + 5; | |
2803 break; | |
2804 } | |
7 | 2805 } |
2806 | |
2807 if (*bp == '>') /* found matching '>' */ | |
2808 { | |
2809 end_of_name = bp + 1; | |
2810 | |
2811 /* Which modifiers are given? */ | |
2812 modifiers = 0x0; | |
2813 for (bp = src + 1; bp < last_dash; bp++) | |
2814 { | |
2815 if (*bp != '-') | |
2816 { | |
2817 bit = name_to_mod_mask(*bp); | |
2818 if (bit == 0x0) | |
2819 break; /* Illegal modifier name */ | |
2820 modifiers |= bit; | |
2821 } | |
2822 } | |
2823 | |
2824 /* | |
2825 * Legal modifier name. | |
2826 */ | |
2827 if (bp >= last_dash) | |
2828 { | |
3024 | 2829 if (STRNICMP(last_dash + 1, "char-", 5) == 0 |
2830 && VIM_ISDIGIT(last_dash[6])) | |
2831 { | |
2832 /* <Char-123> or <Char-033> or <Char-0x33> */ | |
2833 vim_str2nr(last_dash + 6, NULL, NULL, TRUE, TRUE, NULL, &n); | |
3026 | 2834 key = (int)n; |
3024 | 2835 } |
7 | 2836 else |
180 | 2837 { |
3026 | 2838 /* |
2839 * Modifier with single letter, or special key name. | |
2840 */ | |
2841 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2842 if (has_mbyte) | |
2843 l = mb_ptr2len(last_dash + 1); | |
2844 else | |
2845 #endif | |
2846 l = 1; | |
2847 if (modifiers != 0 && last_dash[l + 1] == '>') | |
2848 key = PTR2CHAR(last_dash + 1); | |
2849 else | |
2850 { | |
2851 key = get_special_key_code(last_dash + 1); | |
2852 if (!keep_x_key) | |
2853 key = handle_x_keys(key); | |
2854 } | |
180 | 2855 } |
7 | 2856 |
2857 /* | |
2858 * get_special_key_code() may return NUL for invalid | |
2859 * special key name. | |
2860 */ | |
2861 if (key != NUL) | |
2862 { | |
2863 /* | |
2864 * Only use a modifier when there is no special key code that | |
2865 * includes the modifier. | |
2866 */ | |
2867 key = simplify_key(key, &modifiers); | |
2868 | |
2869 if (!keycode) | |
2870 { | |
2871 /* don't want keycode, use single byte code */ | |
2872 if (key == K_BS) | |
2873 key = BS; | |
2874 else if (key == K_DEL || key == K_KDEL) | |
2875 key = DEL; | |
2876 } | |
2877 | |
2878 /* | |
2879 * Normal Key with modifier: Try to make a single byte code. | |
2880 */ | |
2881 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key)) | |
2882 key = extract_modifiers(key, &modifiers); | |
2883 | |
2884 *modp = modifiers; | |
2885 *srcp = end_of_name; | |
2886 return key; | |
2887 } | |
2888 } | |
2889 } | |
2890 return 0; | |
2891 } | |
2892 | |
2893 /* | |
2894 * Try to include modifiers in the key. | |
2895 * Changes "Shift-a" to 'A', "Alt-A" to 0xc0, etc. | |
2896 */ | |
2897 int | |
2898 extract_modifiers(key, modp) | |
2899 int key; | |
2900 int *modp; | |
2901 { | |
2902 int modifiers = *modp; | |
2903 | |
2904 #ifdef MACOS | |
2905 /* Command-key really special, No fancynest */ | |
2906 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD)) | |
2907 #endif | |
2908 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) && ASCII_ISALPHA(key)) | |
2909 { | |
2910 key = TOUPPER_ASC(key); | |
2911 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
2912 } | |
2913 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
2914 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
2915 /* * TODO: EBCDIC Better use: | |
2916 * && (Ctrl_chr(key) || key == '?') | |
2917 * ??? */ | |
2918 && strchr("?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\\]^_", key) | |
2919 != NULL | |
2920 #else | |
2921 && ((key >= '?' && key <= '_') || ASCII_ISALPHA(key)) | |
2922 #endif | |
2923 ) | |
2924 { | |
2925 key = Ctrl_chr(key); | |
2926 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
2927 /* <C-@> is <Nul> */ | |
2928 if (key == 0) | |
2929 key = K_ZERO; | |
2930 } | |
2931 #ifdef MACOS | |
2932 /* Command-key really special, No fancynest */ | |
2933 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD)) | |
2934 #endif | |
2935 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT) && key < 0x80 | |
2936 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2937 && !enc_dbcs /* avoid creating a lead byte */ | |
2938 #endif | |
2939 ) | |
2940 { | |
2941 key |= 0x80; | |
2942 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_ALT; /* remove the META modifier */ | |
2943 } | |
2944 | |
2945 *modp = modifiers; | |
2946 return key; | |
2947 } | |
2948 | |
2949 /* | |
2950 * Try to find key "c" in the special key table. | |
2951 * Return the index when found, -1 when not found. | |
2952 */ | |
2953 int | |
2954 find_special_key_in_table(c) | |
2955 int c; | |
2956 { | |
2957 int i; | |
2958 | |
2959 for (i = 0; key_names_table[i].name != NULL; i++) | |
2960 if (c == key_names_table[i].key) | |
2961 break; | |
2962 if (key_names_table[i].name == NULL) | |
2963 i = -1; | |
2964 return i; | |
2965 } | |
2966 | |
2967 /* | |
2968 * Find the special key with the given name (the given string does not have to | |
2969 * end with NUL, the name is assumed to end before the first non-idchar). | |
2970 * If the name starts with "t_" the next two characters are interpreted as a | |
2971 * termcap name. | |
2972 * Return the key code, or 0 if not found. | |
2973 */ | |
2974 int | |
2975 get_special_key_code(name) | |
2976 char_u *name; | |
2977 { | |
2978 char_u *table_name; | |
2979 char_u string[3]; | |
2980 int i, j; | |
2981 | |
2982 /* | |
2983 * If it's <t_xx> we get the code for xx from the termcap | |
2984 */ | |
2985 if (name[0] == 't' && name[1] == '_' && name[2] != NUL && name[3] != NUL) | |
2986 { | |
2987 string[0] = name[2]; | |
2988 string[1] = name[3]; | |
2989 string[2] = NUL; | |
2990 if (add_termcap_entry(string, FALSE) == OK) | |
2991 return TERMCAP2KEY(name[2], name[3]); | |
2992 } | |
2993 else | |
2994 for (i = 0; key_names_table[i].name != NULL; i++) | |
2995 { | |
2996 table_name = key_names_table[i].name; | |
2997 for (j = 0; vim_isIDc(name[j]) && table_name[j] != NUL; j++) | |
2998 if (TOLOWER_ASC(table_name[j]) != TOLOWER_ASC(name[j])) | |
2999 break; | |
3000 if (!vim_isIDc(name[j]) && table_name[j] == NUL) | |
3001 return key_names_table[i].key; | |
3002 } | |
3003 return 0; | |
3004 } | |
3005 | |
1661 | 3006 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) |
7 | 3007 char_u * |
3008 get_key_name(i) | |
3009 int i; | |
3010 { | |
1881 | 3011 if (i >= (int)KEY_NAMES_TABLE_LEN) |
7 | 3012 return NULL; |
3013 return key_names_table[i].name; | |
3014 } | |
3015 #endif | |
3016 | |
1661 | 3017 #if defined(FEAT_MOUSE) || defined(PROTO) |
7 | 3018 /* |
3019 * Look up the given mouse code to return the relevant information in the other | |
3020 * arguments. Return which button is down or was released. | |
3021 */ | |
3022 int | |
3023 get_mouse_button(code, is_click, is_drag) | |
3024 int code; | |
3025 int *is_click; | |
3026 int *is_drag; | |
3027 { | |
3028 int i; | |
3029 | |
3030 for (i = 0; mouse_table[i].pseudo_code; i++) | |
3031 if (code == mouse_table[i].pseudo_code) | |
3032 { | |
3033 *is_click = mouse_table[i].is_click; | |
3034 *is_drag = mouse_table[i].is_drag; | |
3035 return mouse_table[i].button; | |
3036 } | |
3037 return 0; /* Shouldn't get here */ | |
3038 } | |
3039 | |
3040 /* | |
3041 * Return the appropriate pseudo mouse event token (KE_LEFTMOUSE etc) based on | |
3042 * the given information about which mouse button is down, and whether the | |
3043 * mouse was clicked, dragged or released. | |
3044 */ | |
3045 int | |
3046 get_pseudo_mouse_code(button, is_click, is_drag) | |
3047 int button; /* eg MOUSE_LEFT */ | |
3048 int is_click; | |
3049 int is_drag; | |
3050 { | |
3051 int i; | |
3052 | |
3053 for (i = 0; mouse_table[i].pseudo_code; i++) | |
3054 if (button == mouse_table[i].button | |
3055 && is_click == mouse_table[i].is_click | |
3056 && is_drag == mouse_table[i].is_drag) | |
3057 { | |
3058 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
263 | 3059 /* Trick: a non mappable left click and release has mouse_col -1 |
3060 * or added MOUSE_COLOFF. Used for 'mousefocus' in | |
3061 * gui_mouse_moved() */ | |
3062 if (mouse_col < 0 || mouse_col > MOUSE_COLOFF) | |
7 | 3063 { |
263 | 3064 if (mouse_col < 0) |
3065 mouse_col = 0; | |
3066 else | |
3067 mouse_col -= MOUSE_COLOFF; | |
7 | 3068 if (mouse_table[i].pseudo_code == (int)KE_LEFTMOUSE) |
3069 return (int)KE_LEFTMOUSE_NM; | |
3070 if (mouse_table[i].pseudo_code == (int)KE_LEFTRELEASE) | |
3071 return (int)KE_LEFTRELEASE_NM; | |
3072 } | |
3073 #endif | |
3074 return mouse_table[i].pseudo_code; | |
3075 } | |
1209 | 3076 return (int)KE_IGNORE; /* not recognized, ignore it */ |
7 | 3077 } |
3078 #endif /* FEAT_MOUSE */ | |
3079 | |
3080 /* | |
3081 * Return the current end-of-line type: EOL_DOS, EOL_UNIX or EOL_MAC. | |
3082 */ | |
3083 int | |
3084 get_fileformat(buf) | |
3085 buf_T *buf; | |
3086 { | |
3087 int c = *buf->b_p_ff; | |
3088 | |
3089 if (buf->b_p_bin || c == 'u') | |
3090 return EOL_UNIX; | |
3091 if (c == 'm') | |
3092 return EOL_MAC; | |
3093 return EOL_DOS; | |
3094 } | |
3095 | |
3096 /* | |
3097 * Like get_fileformat(), but override 'fileformat' with "p" for "++opt=val" | |
3098 * argument. | |
3099 */ | |
3100 int | |
3101 get_fileformat_force(buf, eap) | |
3102 buf_T *buf; | |
3103 exarg_T *eap; /* can be NULL! */ | |
3104 { | |
3105 int c; | |
3106 | |
3107 if (eap != NULL && eap->force_ff != 0) | |
3108 c = eap->cmd[eap->force_ff]; | |
3109 else | |
3110 { | |
3111 if ((eap != NULL && eap->force_bin != 0) | |
3112 ? (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) : buf->b_p_bin) | |
3113 return EOL_UNIX; | |
3114 c = *buf->b_p_ff; | |
3115 } | |
3116 if (c == 'u') | |
3117 return EOL_UNIX; | |
3118 if (c == 'm') | |
3119 return EOL_MAC; | |
3120 return EOL_DOS; | |
3121 } | |
3122 | |
3123 /* | |
3124 * Set the current end-of-line type to EOL_DOS, EOL_UNIX or EOL_MAC. | |
3125 * Sets both 'textmode' and 'fileformat'. | |
3126 * Note: Does _not_ set global value of 'textmode'! | |
3127 */ | |
3128 void | |
3129 set_fileformat(t, opt_flags) | |
3130 int t; | |
3131 int opt_flags; /* OPT_LOCAL and/or OPT_GLOBAL */ | |
3132 { | |
3133 char *p = NULL; | |
3134 | |
3135 switch (t) | |
3136 { | |
3137 case EOL_DOS: | |
3138 p = FF_DOS; | |
3139 curbuf->b_p_tx = TRUE; | |
3140 break; | |
3141 case EOL_UNIX: | |
3142 p = FF_UNIX; | |
3143 curbuf->b_p_tx = FALSE; | |
3144 break; | |
3145 case EOL_MAC: | |
3146 p = FF_MAC; | |
3147 curbuf->b_p_tx = FALSE; | |
3148 break; | |
3149 } | |
3150 if (p != NULL) | |
3151 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"ff", -1, (char_u *)p, | |
694 | 3152 OPT_FREE | opt_flags, 0); |
3153 | |
7 | 3154 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
671 | 3155 /* This may cause the buffer to become (un)modified. */ |
7 | 3156 check_status(curbuf); |
673 | 3157 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
7 | 3158 #endif |
3159 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
3160 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */ | |
3161 #endif | |
3162 } | |
3163 | |
3164 /* | |
3165 * Return the default fileformat from 'fileformats'. | |
3166 */ | |
3167 int | |
3168 default_fileformat() | |
3169 { | |
3170 switch (*p_ffs) | |
3171 { | |
3172 case 'm': return EOL_MAC; | |
3173 case 'd': return EOL_DOS; | |
3174 } | |
3175 return EOL_UNIX; | |
3176 } | |
3177 | |
3178 /* | |
3179 * Call shell. Calls mch_call_shell, with 'shellxquote' added. | |
3180 */ | |
3181 int | |
3182 call_shell(cmd, opt) | |
3183 char_u *cmd; | |
3184 int opt; | |
3185 { | |
3186 char_u *ncmd; | |
3187 int retval; | |
170 | 3188 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE |
3189 proftime_T wait_time; | |
3190 #endif | |
7 | 3191 |
3192 if (p_verbose > 3) | |
3193 { | |
293 | 3194 verbose_enter(); |
273 | 3195 smsg((char_u *)_("Calling shell to execute: \"%s\""), |
7 | 3196 cmd == NULL ? p_sh : cmd); |
3197 out_char('\n'); | |
3198 cursor_on(); | |
293 | 3199 verbose_leave(); |
7 | 3200 } |
3201 | |
170 | 3202 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE |
789 | 3203 if (do_profiling == PROF_YES) |
170 | 3204 prof_child_enter(&wait_time); |
3205 #endif | |
3206 | |
7 | 3207 if (*p_sh == NUL) |
3208 { | |
3209 EMSG(_(e_shellempty)); | |
3210 retval = -1; | |
3211 } | |
3212 else | |
3213 { | |
3214 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN | |
3215 /* Don't hide the pointer while executing a shell command. */ | |
3216 gui_mch_mousehide(FALSE); | |
3217 #endif | |
3218 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
3219 ++hold_gui_events; | |
3220 #endif | |
3221 /* The external command may update a tags file, clear cached tags. */ | |
3222 tag_freematch(); | |
3223 | |
3224 if (cmd == NULL || *p_sxq == NUL) | |
3225 retval = mch_call_shell(cmd, opt); | |
3226 else | |
3227 { | |
3228 ncmd = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(cmd) + STRLEN(p_sxq) * 2 + 1)); | |
3229 if (ncmd != NULL) | |
3230 { | |
3231 STRCPY(ncmd, p_sxq); | |
3232 STRCAT(ncmd, cmd); | |
3357 | 3233 /* When 'shellxquote' is ( append ). |
3234 * When 'shellxquote' is "( append )". */ | |
3235 STRCAT(ncmd, STRCMP(p_sxq, "(") == 0 ? (char_u *)")" | |
3236 : STRCMP(p_sxq, "\"(") == 0 ? (char_u *)")\"" | |
3237 : p_sxq); | |
7 | 3238 retval = mch_call_shell(ncmd, opt); |
3239 vim_free(ncmd); | |
3240 } | |
3241 else | |
3242 retval = -1; | |
3243 } | |
3244 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
3245 --hold_gui_events; | |
3246 #endif | |
3247 /* | |
3248 * Check the window size, in case it changed while executing the | |
3249 * external command. | |
3250 */ | |
3251 shell_resized_check(); | |
3252 } | |
3253 | |
3254 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
3255 set_vim_var_nr(VV_SHELL_ERROR, (long)retval); | |
170 | 3256 # ifdef FEAT_PROFILE |
789 | 3257 if (do_profiling == PROF_YES) |
170 | 3258 prof_child_exit(&wait_time); |
3259 # endif | |
7 | 3260 #endif |
3261 | |
3262 return retval; | |
3263 } | |
3264 | |
3265 /* | |
789 | 3266 * VISUAL, SELECTMODE and OP_PENDING State are never set, they are equal to |
3267 * NORMAL State with a condition. This function returns the real State. | |
7 | 3268 */ |
3269 int | |
3270 get_real_state() | |
3271 { | |
3272 if (State & NORMAL) | |
3273 { | |
3274 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3275 if (VIsual_active) | |
789 | 3276 { |
3277 if (VIsual_select) | |
3278 return SELECTMODE; | |
7 | 3279 return VISUAL; |
789 | 3280 } |
7 | 3281 else |
3282 #endif | |
3283 if (finish_op) | |
789 | 3284 return OP_PENDING; |
7 | 3285 } |
3286 return State; | |
3287 } | |
3288 | |
39 | 3289 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) |
3290 /* | |
3291 * Return TRUE if "p" points to just after a path separator. | |
2939 | 3292 * Takes care of multi-byte characters. |
39 | 3293 * "b" must point to the start of the file name |
3294 */ | |
3295 int | |
3296 after_pathsep(b, p) | |
3297 char_u *b; | |
3298 char_u *p; | |
3299 { | |
2939 | 3300 return p > b && vim_ispathsep(p[-1]) |
39 | 3301 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_head_off)(b, p - 1) == 0); |
3302 } | |
3303 #endif | |
3304 | |
3305 /* | |
3306 * Return TRUE if file names "f1" and "f2" are in the same directory. | |
3307 * "f1" may be a short name, "f2" must be a full path. | |
3308 */ | |
3309 int | |
3310 same_directory(f1, f2) | |
3311 char_u *f1; | |
3312 char_u *f2; | |
3313 { | |
3314 char_u ffname[MAXPATHL]; | |
3315 char_u *t1; | |
3316 char_u *t2; | |
3317 | |
3318 /* safety check */ | |
3319 if (f1 == NULL || f2 == NULL) | |
3320 return FALSE; | |
3321 | |
3322 (void)vim_FullName(f1, ffname, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
3323 t1 = gettail_sep(ffname); | |
3324 t2 = gettail_sep(f2); | |
3325 return (t1 - ffname == t2 - f2 | |
3326 && pathcmp((char *)ffname, (char *)f2, (int)(t1 - ffname)) == 0); | |
3327 } | |
3328 | |
7 | 3329 #if defined(FEAT_SESSION) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MAC) \ |
574 | 3330 || ((defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)) \ |
11 | 3331 && ( defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_DND)) ) \ |
7 | 3332 || defined(FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP) || defined(FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG) \ |
3333 || defined(PROTO) | |
3334 /* | |
3335 * Change to a file's directory. | |
3336 * Caller must call shorten_fnames()! | |
3337 * Return OK or FAIL. | |
3338 */ | |
3339 int | |
3340 vim_chdirfile(fname) | |
3341 char_u *fname; | |
3342 { | |
39 | 3343 char_u dir[MAXPATHL]; |
3344 | |
418 | 3345 vim_strncpy(dir, fname, MAXPATHL - 1); |
39 | 3346 *gettail_sep(dir) = NUL; |
3347 return mch_chdir((char *)dir) == 0 ? OK : FAIL; | |
7 | 3348 } |
3349 #endif | |
3350 | |
3351 #if defined(STAT_IGNORES_SLASH) || defined(PROTO) | |
3352 /* | |
3353 * Check if "name" ends in a slash and is not a directory. | |
3354 * Used for systems where stat() ignores a trailing slash on a file name. | |
3355 * The Vim code assumes a trailing slash is only ignored for a directory. | |
3356 */ | |
3357 int | |
3358 illegal_slash(name) | |
3359 char *name; | |
3360 { | |
3361 if (name[0] == NUL) | |
3362 return FALSE; /* no file name is not illegal */ | |
3363 if (name[strlen(name) - 1] != '/') | |
3364 return FALSE; /* no trailing slash */ | |
3365 if (mch_isdir((char_u *)name)) | |
3366 return FALSE; /* trailing slash for a directory */ | |
3367 return TRUE; | |
3368 } | |
3369 #endif | |
3370 | |
3371 #if defined(CURSOR_SHAPE) || defined(PROTO) | |
3372 | |
3373 /* | |
3374 * Handling of cursor and mouse pointer shapes in various modes. | |
3375 */ | |
3376 | |
3377 cursorentry_T shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_COUNT] = | |
3378 { | |
3379 /* The values will be filled in from the 'guicursor' and 'mouseshape' | |
3380 * defaults when Vim starts. | |
3381 * Adjust the SHAPE_IDX_ defines when making changes! */ | |
3382 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "n", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
3383 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "v", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
3384 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "i", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
3385 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "r", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
3386 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "c", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
3387 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "ci", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
3388 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "cr", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
3389 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "o", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
3390 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "ve", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
3391 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "e", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
3392 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "s", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
3393 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "sd", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
3394 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "vs", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
3395 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "vd", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
3396 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "m", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
3397 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "ml", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
3398 {0, 0, 0, 100L, 100L, 100L, 0, 0, "sm", SHAPE_CURSOR}, | |
3399 }; | |
3400 | |
3401 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
3402 /* | |
3403 * Table with names for mouse shapes. Keep in sync with all the tables for | |
3404 * mch_set_mouse_shape()!. | |
3405 */ | |
3406 static char * mshape_names[] = | |
3407 { | |
3408 "arrow", /* default, must be the first one */ | |
3409 "blank", /* hidden */ | |
3410 "beam", | |
3411 "updown", | |
3412 "udsizing", | |
3413 "leftright", | |
3414 "lrsizing", | |
3415 "busy", | |
3416 "no", | |
3417 "crosshair", | |
3418 "hand1", | |
3419 "hand2", | |
3420 "pencil", | |
3421 "question", | |
3422 "rightup-arrow", | |
3423 "up-arrow", | |
3424 NULL | |
3425 }; | |
3426 #endif | |
3427 | |
3428 /* | |
3429 * Parse the 'guicursor' option ("what" is SHAPE_CURSOR) or 'mouseshape' | |
3430 * ("what" is SHAPE_MOUSE). | |
3431 * Returns error message for an illegal option, NULL otherwise. | |
3432 */ | |
3433 char_u * | |
3434 parse_shape_opt(what) | |
3435 int what; | |
3436 { | |
3437 char_u *modep; | |
3438 char_u *colonp; | |
3439 char_u *commap; | |
3440 char_u *slashp; | |
3441 char_u *p, *endp; | |
3442 int idx = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
3443 int all_idx; | |
3444 int len; | |
3445 int i; | |
3446 long n; | |
3447 int found_ve = FALSE; /* found "ve" flag */ | |
3448 int round; | |
3449 | |
3450 /* | |
3451 * First round: check for errors; second round: do it for real. | |
3452 */ | |
3453 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round) | |
3454 { | |
3455 /* | |
3456 * Repeat for all comma separated parts. | |
3457 */ | |
3458 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
3459 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) | |
3460 modep = p_mouseshape; | |
3461 else | |
3462 #endif | |
3463 modep = p_guicursor; | |
3464 while (*modep != NUL) | |
3465 { | |
3466 colonp = vim_strchr(modep, ':'); | |
3467 if (colonp == NULL) | |
3468 return (char_u *)N_("E545: Missing colon"); | |
3469 if (colonp == modep) | |
3470 return (char_u *)N_("E546: Illegal mode"); | |
3471 commap = vim_strchr(modep, ','); | |
3472 | |
3473 /* | |
3474 * Repeat for all mode's before the colon. | |
3475 * For the 'a' mode, we loop to handle all the modes. | |
3476 */ | |
3477 all_idx = -1; | |
3478 while (modep < colonp || all_idx >= 0) | |
3479 { | |
3480 if (all_idx < 0) | |
3481 { | |
3482 /* Find the mode. */ | |
3483 if (modep[1] == '-' || modep[1] == ':') | |
3484 len = 1; | |
3485 else | |
3486 len = 2; | |
3487 if (len == 1 && TOLOWER_ASC(modep[0]) == 'a') | |
3488 all_idx = SHAPE_IDX_COUNT - 1; | |
3489 else | |
3490 { | |
3491 for (idx = 0; idx < SHAPE_IDX_COUNT; ++idx) | |
3492 if (STRNICMP(modep, shape_table[idx].name, len) | |
3493 == 0) | |
3494 break; | |
3495 if (idx == SHAPE_IDX_COUNT | |
3496 || (shape_table[idx].used_for & what) == 0) | |
3497 return (char_u *)N_("E546: Illegal mode"); | |
3498 if (len == 2 && modep[0] == 'v' && modep[1] == 'e') | |
3499 found_ve = TRUE; | |
3500 } | |
3501 modep += len + 1; | |
3502 } | |
3503 | |
3504 if (all_idx >= 0) | |
3505 idx = all_idx--; | |
3506 else if (round == 2) | |
3507 { | |
3508 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
3509 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) | |
3510 { | |
3511 /* Set the default, for the missing parts */ | |
3512 shape_table[idx].mshape = 0; | |
3513 } | |
3514 else | |
3515 #endif | |
3516 { | |
3517 /* Set the defaults, for the missing parts */ | |
3518 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_BLOCK; | |
3519 shape_table[idx].blinkwait = 700L; | |
3520 shape_table[idx].blinkon = 400L; | |
3521 shape_table[idx].blinkoff = 250L; | |
3522 } | |
3523 } | |
3524 | |
3525 /* Parse the part after the colon */ | |
3526 for (p = colonp + 1; *p && *p != ','; ) | |
3527 { | |
3528 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
3529 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) | |
3530 { | |
3531 for (i = 0; ; ++i) | |
3532 { | |
3533 if (mshape_names[i] == NULL) | |
3534 { | |
3535 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*p)) | |
3536 return (char_u *)N_("E547: Illegal mouseshape"); | |
3537 if (round == 2) | |
3538 shape_table[idx].mshape = | |
3539 getdigits(&p) + MSHAPE_NUMBERED; | |
3540 else | |
3541 (void)getdigits(&p); | |
3542 break; | |
3543 } | |
3544 len = (int)STRLEN(mshape_names[i]); | |
3545 if (STRNICMP(p, mshape_names[i], len) == 0) | |
3546 { | |
3547 if (round == 2) | |
3548 shape_table[idx].mshape = i; | |
3549 p += len; | |
3550 break; | |
3551 } | |
3552 } | |
3553 } | |
3554 else /* if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) */ | |
3555 #endif | |
3556 { | |
3557 /* | |
3558 * First handle the ones with a number argument. | |
3559 */ | |
3560 i = *p; | |
3561 len = 0; | |
3562 if (STRNICMP(p, "ver", 3) == 0) | |
3563 len = 3; | |
3564 else if (STRNICMP(p, "hor", 3) == 0) | |
3565 len = 3; | |
3566 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkwait", 9) == 0) | |
3567 len = 9; | |
3568 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkon", 7) == 0) | |
3569 len = 7; | |
3570 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkoff", 8) == 0) | |
3571 len = 8; | |
3572 if (len != 0) | |
3573 { | |
3574 p += len; | |
3575 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*p)) | |
3576 return (char_u *)N_("E548: digit expected"); | |
3577 n = getdigits(&p); | |
3578 if (len == 3) /* "ver" or "hor" */ | |
3579 { | |
3580 if (n == 0) | |
3581 return (char_u *)N_("E549: Illegal percentage"); | |
3582 if (round == 2) | |
3583 { | |
3584 if (TOLOWER_ASC(i) == 'v') | |
3585 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_VER; | |
3586 else | |
3587 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_HOR; | |
3588 shape_table[idx].percentage = n; | |
3589 } | |
3590 } | |
3591 else if (round == 2) | |
3592 { | |
3593 if (len == 9) | |
3594 shape_table[idx].blinkwait = n; | |
3595 else if (len == 7) | |
3596 shape_table[idx].blinkon = n; | |
3597 else | |
3598 shape_table[idx].blinkoff = n; | |
3599 } | |
3600 } | |
3601 else if (STRNICMP(p, "block", 5) == 0) | |
3602 { | |
3603 if (round == 2) | |
3604 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_BLOCK; | |
3605 p += 5; | |
3606 } | |
3607 else /* must be a highlight group name then */ | |
3608 { | |
3609 endp = vim_strchr(p, '-'); | |
3610 if (commap == NULL) /* last part */ | |
3611 { | |
3612 if (endp == NULL) | |
3613 endp = p + STRLEN(p); /* find end of part */ | |
3614 } | |
3615 else if (endp > commap || endp == NULL) | |
3616 endp = commap; | |
3617 slashp = vim_strchr(p, '/'); | |
3618 if (slashp != NULL && slashp < endp) | |
3619 { | |
3620 /* "group/langmap_group" */ | |
3621 i = syn_check_group(p, (int)(slashp - p)); | |
3622 p = slashp + 1; | |
3623 } | |
3624 if (round == 2) | |
3625 { | |
3626 shape_table[idx].id = syn_check_group(p, | |
3627 (int)(endp - p)); | |
3628 shape_table[idx].id_lm = shape_table[idx].id; | |
3629 if (slashp != NULL && slashp < endp) | |
3630 shape_table[idx].id = i; | |
3631 } | |
3632 p = endp; | |
3633 } | |
3634 } /* if (what != SHAPE_MOUSE) */ | |
3635 | |
3636 if (*p == '-') | |
3637 ++p; | |
3638 } | |
3639 } | |
3640 modep = p; | |
3641 if (*modep == ',') | |
3642 ++modep; | |
3643 } | |
3644 } | |
3645 | |
3646 /* If the 's' flag is not given, use the 'v' cursor for 's' */ | |
3647 if (!found_ve) | |
3648 { | |
3649 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
3650 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) | |
3651 { | |
3652 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].mshape = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].mshape; | |
3653 } | |
3654 else | |
3655 #endif | |
3656 { | |
3657 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].shape = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].shape; | |
3658 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].percentage = | |
3659 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].percentage; | |
3660 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkwait = | |
3661 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkwait; | |
3662 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkon = | |
3663 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkon; | |
3664 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkoff = | |
3665 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkoff; | |
3666 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].id = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].id; | |
3667 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].id_lm = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].id_lm; | |
3668 } | |
3669 } | |
3670 | |
3671 return NULL; | |
3672 } | |
3673 | |
500 | 3674 # if defined(MCH_CURSOR_SHAPE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) \ |
3675 || defined(FEAT_MOUSESHAPE) || defined(PROTO) | |
7 | 3676 /* |
3677 * Return the index into shape_table[] for the current mode. | |
3678 * When "mouse" is TRUE, consider indexes valid for the mouse pointer. | |
3679 */ | |
3680 int | |
3681 get_shape_idx(mouse) | |
3682 int mouse; | |
3683 { | |
3684 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
3685 if (mouse && (State == HITRETURN || State == ASKMORE)) | |
3686 { | |
3687 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
87 | 3688 int x, y; |
3689 gui_mch_getmouse(&x, &y); | |
3690 if (Y_2_ROW(y) == Rows - 1) | |
7 | 3691 return SHAPE_IDX_MOREL; |
3692 # endif | |
3693 return SHAPE_IDX_MORE; | |
3694 } | |
3695 if (mouse && drag_status_line) | |
3696 return SHAPE_IDX_SDRAG; | |
3697 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
3698 if (mouse && drag_sep_line) | |
3699 return SHAPE_IDX_VDRAG; | |
3700 # endif | |
3701 #endif | |
3702 if (!mouse && State == SHOWMATCH) | |
3703 return SHAPE_IDX_SM; | |
3704 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
3705 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
3706 return SHAPE_IDX_R; | |
3707 #endif | |
3708 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
3709 return SHAPE_IDX_R; | |
3710 if (State & INSERT) | |
3711 return SHAPE_IDX_I; | |
3712 if (State & CMDLINE) | |
3713 { | |
3714 if (cmdline_at_end()) | |
3715 return SHAPE_IDX_C; | |
3716 if (cmdline_overstrike()) | |
3717 return SHAPE_IDX_CR; | |
3718 return SHAPE_IDX_CI; | |
3719 } | |
3720 if (finish_op) | |
3721 return SHAPE_IDX_O; | |
3722 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3723 if (VIsual_active) | |
3724 { | |
3725 if (*p_sel == 'e') | |
3726 return SHAPE_IDX_VE; | |
3727 else | |
3728 return SHAPE_IDX_V; | |
3729 } | |
3730 #endif | |
3731 return SHAPE_IDX_N; | |
3732 } | |
500 | 3733 #endif |
7 | 3734 |
3735 # if defined(FEAT_MOUSESHAPE) || defined(PROTO) | |
3736 static int old_mouse_shape = 0; | |
3737 | |
3738 /* | |
3739 * Set the mouse shape: | |
3740 * If "shape" is -1, use shape depending on the current mode, | |
3741 * depending on the current state. | |
3742 * If "shape" is -2, only update the shape when it's CLINE or STATUS (used | |
3743 * when the mouse moves off the status or command line). | |
3744 */ | |
3745 void | |
3746 update_mouseshape(shape_idx) | |
3747 int shape_idx; | |
3748 { | |
3749 int new_mouse_shape; | |
3750 | |
3751 /* Only works in GUI mode. */ | |
227 | 3752 if (!gui.in_use || gui.starting) |
7 | 3753 return; |
3754 | |
3755 /* Postpone the updating when more is to come. Speeds up executing of | |
3756 * mappings. */ | |
3757 if (shape_idx == -1 && char_avail()) | |
3758 { | |
3759 postponed_mouseshape = TRUE; | |
3760 return; | |
3761 } | |
3762 | |
864 | 3763 /* When ignoring the mouse don't change shape on the statusline. */ |
3764 if (*p_mouse == NUL | |
3765 && (shape_idx == SHAPE_IDX_CLINE | |
3766 || shape_idx == SHAPE_IDX_STATUS | |
3767 || shape_idx == SHAPE_IDX_VSEP)) | |
3768 shape_idx = -2; | |
3769 | |
7 | 3770 if (shape_idx == -2 |
3771 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_CLINE].mshape | |
3772 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_STATUS].mshape | |
3773 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VSEP].mshape) | |
3774 return; | |
3775 if (shape_idx < 0) | |
3776 new_mouse_shape = shape_table[get_shape_idx(TRUE)].mshape; | |
3777 else | |
3778 new_mouse_shape = shape_table[shape_idx].mshape; | |
3779 if (new_mouse_shape != old_mouse_shape) | |
3780 { | |
3781 mch_set_mouse_shape(new_mouse_shape); | |
3782 old_mouse_shape = new_mouse_shape; | |
3783 } | |
3784 postponed_mouseshape = FALSE; | |
3785 } | |
3786 # endif | |
3787 | |
3788 #endif /* CURSOR_SHAPE */ | |
3789 | |
3790 | |
3791 #ifdef FEAT_CRYPT | |
3792 /* | |
1209 | 3793 * Optional encryption support. |
7 | 3794 * Mohsin Ahmed, mosh@sasi.com, 98-09-24 |
3795 * Based on zip/crypt sources. | |
3796 * | |
3797 * NOTE FOR USA: Since 2000 exporting this code from the USA is allowed to | |
3798 * most countries. There are a few exceptions, but that still should not be a | |
3799 * problem since this code was originally created in Europe and India. | |
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3800 * |
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3801 * Blowfish addition originally made by Mohsin Ahmed, |
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3802 * http://www.cs.albany.edu/~mosh 2010-03-14 |
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3803 * Based on blowfish by Bruce Schneier (http://www.schneier.com/blowfish.html) |
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3804 * and sha256 by Christophe Devine. |
7 | 3805 */ |
3806 | |
3807 /* from zip.h */ | |
3808 | |
3809 typedef unsigned short ush; /* unsigned 16-bit value */ | |
3810 typedef unsigned long ulg; /* unsigned 32-bit value */ | |
3811 | |
3812 static void make_crc_tab __ARGS((void)); | |
3813 | |
297 | 3814 static ulg crc_32_tab[256]; |
7 | 3815 |
3816 /* | |
3817 * Fill the CRC table. | |
3818 */ | |
3819 static void | |
3820 make_crc_tab() | |
3821 { | |
3822 ulg s,t,v; | |
3823 static int done = FALSE; | |
3824 | |
3825 if (done) | |
3826 return; | |
3827 for (t = 0; t < 256; t++) | |
3828 { | |
3829 v = t; | |
3830 for (s = 0; s < 8; s++) | |
3831 v = (v >> 1) ^ ((v & 1) * (ulg)0xedb88320L); | |
3832 crc_32_tab[t] = v; | |
3833 } | |
3834 done = TRUE; | |
3835 } | |
3836 | |
3837 #define CRC32(c, b) (crc_32_tab[((int)(c) ^ (b)) & 0xff] ^ ((c) >> 8)) | |
3838 | |
3839 static ulg keys[3]; /* keys defining the pseudo-random sequence */ | |
3840 | |
3841 /* | |
2244 | 3842 * Return the next byte in the pseudo-random sequence. |
7 | 3843 */ |
2244 | 3844 #define DECRYPT_BYTE_ZIP(t) { \ |
3845 ush temp; \ | |
3846 \ | |
3847 temp = (ush)keys[2] | 2; \ | |
3848 t = (int)(((unsigned)(temp * (temp ^ 1)) >> 8) & 0xff); \ | |
3849 } | |
3850 | |
3851 /* | |
3852 * Update the encryption keys with the next byte of plain text. | |
3853 */ | |
3854 #define UPDATE_KEYS_ZIP(c) { \ | |
3855 keys[0] = CRC32(keys[0], (c)); \ | |
3856 keys[1] += keys[0] & 0xff; \ | |
3857 keys[1] = keys[1] * 134775813L + 1; \ | |
3858 keys[2] = CRC32(keys[2], (int)(keys[1] >> 24)); \ | |
7 | 3859 } |
3860 | |
2267 | 3861 static int crypt_busy = 0; |
3862 static ulg saved_keys[3]; | |
3863 static int saved_crypt_method; | |
3864 | |
3865 /* | |
2360
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3866 * Return int value for crypt method string: |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3867 * 0 for "zip", the old method. Also for any non-valid value. |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3868 * 1 for "blowfish". |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3869 */ |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3870 int |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3871 crypt_method_from_string(s) |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3872 char_u *s; |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3873 { |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3874 return *s == 'b' ? 1 : 0; |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3875 } |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3876 |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3877 /* |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3878 * Get the crypt method for buffer "buf" as a number. |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3879 */ |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3880 int |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3881 get_crypt_method(buf) |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3882 buf_T *buf; |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3883 { |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3884 return crypt_method_from_string(*buf->b_p_cm == NUL ? p_cm : buf->b_p_cm); |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3885 } |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3886 |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3887 /* |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3888 * Set the crypt method for buffer "buf" to "method" using the int value as |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3889 * returned by crypt_method_from_string(). |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3890 */ |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3891 void |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3892 set_crypt_method(buf, method) |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3893 buf_T *buf; |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3894 int method; |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3895 { |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3896 free_string_option(buf->b_p_cm); |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3897 buf->b_p_cm = vim_strsave((char_u *)(method == 0 ? "zip" : "blowfish")); |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3898 } |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3899 |
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3900 /* |
2267 | 3901 * Prepare for initializing encryption. If already doing encryption then save |
3902 * the state. | |
2545
298d8d6e69be
Avoid warnings from the clang compiler. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2522
diff
changeset
|
3903 * Must always be called symmetrically with crypt_pop_state(). |
2267 | 3904 */ |
3905 void | |
3906 crypt_push_state() | |
3907 { | |
3908 if (crypt_busy == 1) | |
3909 { | |
3910 /* save the state */ | |
3911 if (use_crypt_method == 0) | |
3912 { | |
3913 saved_keys[0] = keys[0]; | |
3914 saved_keys[1] = keys[1]; | |
3915 saved_keys[2] = keys[2]; | |
3916 } | |
3917 else | |
3918 bf_crypt_save(); | |
3919 saved_crypt_method = use_crypt_method; | |
3920 } | |
3921 else if (crypt_busy > 1) | |
3922 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "crypt_push_state()"); | |
3923 ++crypt_busy; | |
3924 } | |
3925 | |
3926 /* | |
3927 * End encryption. If doing encryption before crypt_push_state() then restore | |
3928 * the saved state. | |
2545
298d8d6e69be
Avoid warnings from the clang compiler. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2522
diff
changeset
|
3929 * Must always be called symmetrically with crypt_push_state(). |
2267 | 3930 */ |
3931 void | |
3932 crypt_pop_state() | |
3933 { | |
3934 --crypt_busy; | |
3935 if (crypt_busy == 1) | |
3936 { | |
3937 use_crypt_method = saved_crypt_method; | |
3938 if (use_crypt_method == 0) | |
3939 { | |
3940 keys[0] = saved_keys[0]; | |
3941 keys[1] = saved_keys[1]; | |
3942 keys[2] = saved_keys[2]; | |
3943 } | |
3944 else | |
3945 bf_crypt_restore(); | |
3946 } | |
3947 } | |
3948 | |
7 | 3949 /* |
2244 | 3950 * Encrypt "from[len]" into "to[len]". |
3951 * "from" and "to" can be equal to encrypt in place. | |
7 | 3952 */ |
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3953 void |
2244 | 3954 crypt_encode(from, len, to) |
3955 char_u *from; | |
3956 size_t len; | |
3957 char_u *to; | |
7 | 3958 { |
2244 | 3959 size_t i; |
3960 int ztemp, t; | |
3961 | |
3962 if (use_crypt_method == 0) | |
3963 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) | |
3964 { | |
3965 ztemp = from[i]; | |
3966 DECRYPT_BYTE_ZIP(t); | |
3967 UPDATE_KEYS_ZIP(ztemp); | |
3968 to[i] = t ^ ztemp; | |
3969 } | |
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3970 else |
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
3971 bf_crypt_encode(from, len, to); |
2244 | 3972 } |
3973 | |
3974 /* | |
3975 * Decrypt "ptr[len]" in place. | |
3976 */ | |
3977 void | |
3978 crypt_decode(ptr, len) | |
3979 char_u *ptr; | |
3980 long len; | |
3981 { | |
3982 char_u *p; | |
3983 | |
3984 if (use_crypt_method == 0) | |
3985 for (p = ptr; p < ptr + len; ++p) | |
3986 { | |
3987 ush temp; | |
3988 | |
3989 temp = (ush)keys[2] | 2; | |
3990 temp = (int)(((unsigned)(temp * (temp ^ 1)) >> 8) & 0xff); | |
3991 UPDATE_KEYS_ZIP(*p ^= temp); | |
3992 } | |
3993 else | |
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
3994 bf_crypt_decode(ptr, len); |
7 | 3995 } |
3996 | |
3997 /* | |
3998 * Initialize the encryption keys and the random header according to | |
3999 * the given password. | |
4000 * If "passwd" is NULL or empty, don't do anything. | |
4001 */ | |
4002 void | |
4003 crypt_init_keys(passwd) | |
4004 char_u *passwd; /* password string with which to modify keys */ | |
4005 { | |
4006 if (passwd != NULL && *passwd != NUL) | |
4007 { | |
2244 | 4008 if (use_crypt_method == 0) |
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4009 { |
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4010 char_u *p; |
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4011 |
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4012 make_crc_tab(); |
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4013 keys[0] = 305419896L; |
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4014 keys[1] = 591751049L; |
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4015 keys[2] = 878082192L; |
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4016 for (p = passwd; *p!= NUL; ++p) |
2244 | 4017 { |
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4018 UPDATE_KEYS_ZIP((int)*p); |
2244 | 4019 } |
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4020 } |
2244 | 4021 else |
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
4022 bf_crypt_init_keys(passwd); |
7 | 4023 } |
4024 } | |
4025 | |
4026 /* | |
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4027 * Free an allocated crypt key. Clear the text to make sure it doesn't stay |
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4028 * in memory anywhere. |
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4029 */ |
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4030 void |
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4031 free_crypt_key(key) |
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4032 char_u *key; |
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4033 { |
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4034 char_u *p; |
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4035 |
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4036 if (key != NULL) |
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4037 { |
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4038 for (p = key; *p != NUL; ++p) |
2211
dded7e33d0a9
Fix wrong memory access when clearing crypt key.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2180
diff
changeset
|
4039 *p = 0; |
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4040 vim_free(key); |
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4041 } |
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4042 } |
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4043 |
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4044 /* |
7 | 4045 * Ask the user for a crypt key. |
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4046 * When "store" is TRUE, the new key is stored in the 'key' option, and the |
7 | 4047 * 'key' option value is returned: Don't free it. |
4048 * When "store" is FALSE, the typed key is returned in allocated memory. | |
4049 * Returns NULL on failure. | |
4050 */ | |
4051 char_u * | |
4052 get_crypt_key(store, twice) | |
4053 int store; | |
4054 int twice; /* Ask for the key twice. */ | |
4055 { | |
4056 char_u *p1, *p2 = NULL; | |
4057 int round; | |
4058 | |
4059 for (round = 0; ; ++round) | |
4060 { | |
4061 cmdline_star = TRUE; | |
4062 cmdline_row = msg_row; | |
4063 p1 = getcmdline_prompt(NUL, round == 0 | |
4064 ? (char_u *)_("Enter encryption key: ") | |
531 | 4065 : (char_u *)_("Enter same key again: "), 0, EXPAND_NOTHING, |
4066 NULL); | |
7 | 4067 cmdline_star = FALSE; |
4068 | |
4069 if (p1 == NULL) | |
4070 break; | |
4071 | |
4072 if (round == twice) | |
4073 { | |
4074 if (p2 != NULL && STRCMP(p1, p2) != 0) | |
4075 { | |
4076 MSG(_("Keys don't match!")); | |
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4077 free_crypt_key(p1); |
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4078 free_crypt_key(p2); |
7 | 4079 p2 = NULL; |
4080 round = -1; /* do it again */ | |
4081 continue; | |
4082 } | |
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4083 |
7 | 4084 if (store) |
4085 { | |
4086 set_option_value((char_u *)"key", 0L, p1, OPT_LOCAL); | |
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4087 free_crypt_key(p1); |
7 | 4088 p1 = curbuf->b_p_key; |
4089 } | |
4090 break; | |
4091 } | |
4092 p2 = p1; | |
4093 } | |
4094 | |
4095 /* since the user typed this, no need to wait for return */ | |
2267 | 4096 if (msg_didout) |
4097 msg_putchar('\n'); | |
2491
904cd1c26a1e
After entering a crypt key would need to hit return to continue.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2487
diff
changeset
|
4098 need_wait_return = FALSE; |
7 | 4099 msg_didout = FALSE; |
4100 | |
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4101 free_crypt_key(p2); |
7 | 4102 return p1; |
4103 } | |
4104 | |
4105 #endif /* FEAT_CRYPT */ | |
4106 | |
4107 /* TODO: make some #ifdef for this */ | |
4108 /*--------[ file searching ]-------------------------------------------------*/ | |
4109 /* | |
4110 * File searching functions for 'path', 'tags' and 'cdpath' options. | |
4111 * External visible functions: | |
4112 * vim_findfile_init() creates/initialises the search context | |
4113 * vim_findfile_free_visited() free list of visited files/dirs of search | |
4114 * context | |
4115 * vim_findfile() find a file in the search context | |
4116 * vim_findfile_cleanup() cleanup/free search context created by | |
4117 * vim_findfile_init() | |
4118 * | |
4119 * All static functions and variables start with 'ff_' | |
4120 * | |
4121 * In general it works like this: | |
4122 * First you create yourself a search context by calling vim_findfile_init(). | |
4123 * It is possible to give a search context from a previous call to | |
4124 * vim_findfile_init(), so it can be reused. After this you call vim_findfile() | |
4125 * until you are satisfied with the result or it returns NULL. On every call it | |
4126 * returns the next file which matches the conditions given to | |
4127 * vim_findfile_init(). If it doesn't find a next file it returns NULL. | |
4128 * | |
4129 * It is possible to call vim_findfile_init() again to reinitialise your search | |
4130 * with some new parameters. Don't forget to pass your old search context to | |
4131 * it, so it can reuse it and especially reuse the list of already visited | |
4132 * directories. If you want to delete the list of already visited directories | |
4133 * simply call vim_findfile_free_visited(). | |
4134 * | |
4135 * When you are done call vim_findfile_cleanup() to free the search context. | |
4136 * | |
4137 * The function vim_findfile_init() has a long comment, which describes the | |
4138 * needed parameters. | |
4139 * | |
4140 * | |
4141 * | |
4142 * ATTENTION: | |
4143 * ========== | |
1072 | 4144 * Also we use an allocated search context here, this functions are NOT |
7 | 4145 * thread-safe!!!!! |
4146 * | |
4147 * To minimize parameter passing (or because I'm to lazy), only the | |
4148 * external visible functions get a search context as a parameter. This is | |
4149 * then assigned to a static global, which is used throughout the local | |
4150 * functions. | |
4151 */ | |
4152 | |
4153 /* | |
4154 * type for the directory search stack | |
4155 */ | |
4156 typedef struct ff_stack | |
4157 { | |
4158 struct ff_stack *ffs_prev; | |
4159 | |
4160 /* the fix part (no wildcards) and the part containing the wildcards | |
4161 * of the search path | |
4162 */ | |
4163 char_u *ffs_fix_path; | |
4164 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
4165 char_u *ffs_wc_path; | |
4166 #endif | |
4167 | |
4168 /* files/dirs found in the above directory, matched by the first wildcard | |
4169 * of wc_part | |
4170 */ | |
4171 char_u **ffs_filearray; | |
4172 int ffs_filearray_size; | |
4173 char_u ffs_filearray_cur; /* needed for partly handled dirs */ | |
4174 | |
4175 /* to store status of partly handled directories | |
1541 | 4176 * 0: we work on this directory for the first time |
7 | 4177 * 1: this directory was partly searched in an earlier step |
1541 | 4178 */ |
7 | 4179 int ffs_stage; |
4180 | |
4181 /* How deep are we in the directory tree? | |
4182 * Counts backward from value of level parameter to vim_findfile_init | |
4183 */ | |
4184 int ffs_level; | |
4185 | |
4186 /* Did we already expand '**' to an empty string? */ | |
4187 int ffs_star_star_empty; | |
4188 } ff_stack_T; | |
4189 | |
4190 /* | |
4191 * type for already visited directories or files. | |
4192 */ | |
4193 typedef struct ff_visited | |
4194 { | |
4195 struct ff_visited *ffv_next; | |
4196 | |
4197 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
4198 /* Visited directories are different if the wildcard string are | |
4199 * different. So we have to save it. | |
4200 */ | |
4201 char_u *ffv_wc_path; | |
4202 #endif | |
4203 /* for unix use inode etc for comparison (needed because of links), else | |
4204 * use filename. | |
4205 */ | |
4206 #ifdef UNIX | |
1881 | 4207 int ffv_dev_valid; /* ffv_dev and ffv_ino were set */ |
4208 dev_t ffv_dev; /* device number */ | |
7 | 4209 ino_t ffv_ino; /* inode number */ |
4210 #endif | |
4211 /* The memory for this struct is allocated according to the length of | |
4212 * ffv_fname. | |
4213 */ | |
4214 char_u ffv_fname[1]; /* actually longer */ | |
4215 } ff_visited_T; | |
4216 | |
4217 /* | |
4218 * We might have to manage several visited lists during a search. | |
1209 | 4219 * This is especially needed for the tags option. If tags is set to: |
7 | 4220 * "./++/tags,./++/TAGS,++/tags" (replace + with *) |
4221 * So we have to do 3 searches: | |
4222 * 1) search from the current files directory downward for the file "tags" | |
4223 * 2) search from the current files directory downward for the file "TAGS" | |
4224 * 3) search from Vims current directory downwards for the file "tags" | |
4225 * As you can see, the first and the third search are for the same file, so for | |
4226 * the third search we can use the visited list of the first search. For the | |
4227 * second search we must start from a empty visited list. | |
4228 * The struct ff_visited_list_hdr is used to manage a linked list of already | |
4229 * visited lists. | |
4230 */ | |
4231 typedef struct ff_visited_list_hdr | |
4232 { | |
4233 struct ff_visited_list_hdr *ffvl_next; | |
4234 | |
4235 /* the filename the attached visited list is for */ | |
4236 char_u *ffvl_filename; | |
4237 | |
4238 ff_visited_T *ffvl_visited_list; | |
4239 | |
4240 } ff_visited_list_hdr_T; | |
4241 | |
4242 | |
4243 /* | |
4244 * '**' can be expanded to several directory levels. | |
1209 | 4245 * Set the default maximum depth. |
7 | 4246 */ |
4247 #define FF_MAX_STAR_STAR_EXPAND ((char_u)30) | |
1541 | 4248 |
7 | 4249 /* |
4250 * The search context: | |
4251 * ffsc_stack_ptr: the stack for the dirs to search | |
4252 * ffsc_visited_list: the currently active visited list | |
4253 * ffsc_dir_visited_list: the currently active visited list for search dirs | |
4254 * ffsc_visited_lists_list: the list of all visited lists | |
4255 * ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list: the list of all visited lists for search dirs | |
4256 * ffsc_file_to_search: the file to search for | |
4257 * ffsc_start_dir: the starting directory, if search path was relative | |
4258 * ffsc_fix_path: the fix part of the given path (without wildcards) | |
4259 * Needed for upward search. | |
4260 * ffsc_wc_path: the part of the given path containing wildcards | |
4261 * ffsc_level: how many levels of dirs to search downwards | |
4262 * ffsc_stopdirs_v: array of stop directories for upward search | |
1541 | 4263 * ffsc_find_what: FINDFILE_BOTH, FINDFILE_DIR or FINDFILE_FILE |
2521
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4264 * ffsc_tagfile: searching for tags file, don't use 'suffixesadd' |
7 | 4265 */ |
4266 typedef struct ff_search_ctx_T | |
4267 { | |
4268 ff_stack_T *ffsc_stack_ptr; | |
4269 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_visited_list; | |
4270 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_dir_visited_list; | |
4271 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_visited_lists_list; | |
4272 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list; | |
4273 char_u *ffsc_file_to_search; | |
4274 char_u *ffsc_start_dir; | |
4275 char_u *ffsc_fix_path; | |
4276 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
4277 char_u *ffsc_wc_path; | |
4278 int ffsc_level; | |
4279 char_u **ffsc_stopdirs_v; | |
4280 #endif | |
1541 | 4281 int ffsc_find_what; |
2521
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4282 int ffsc_tagfile; |
359 | 4283 } ff_search_ctx_T; |
4284 | |
7 | 4285 /* locally needed functions */ |
4286 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
4287 static int ff_check_visited __ARGS((ff_visited_T **, char_u *, char_u *)); | |
4288 #else | |
4289 static int ff_check_visited __ARGS((ff_visited_T **, char_u *)); | |
4290 #endif | |
4291 static void vim_findfile_free_visited_list __ARGS((ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp)); | |
4292 static void ff_free_visited_list __ARGS((ff_visited_T *vl)); | |
4293 static ff_visited_list_hdr_T* ff_get_visited_list __ARGS((char_u *, ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp)); | |
4294 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
4295 static int ff_wc_equal __ARGS((char_u *s1, char_u *s2)); | |
4296 #endif | |
4297 | |
1541 | 4298 static void ff_push __ARGS((ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx, ff_stack_T *stack_ptr)); |
4299 static ff_stack_T *ff_pop __ARGS((ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx)); | |
4300 static void ff_clear __ARGS((ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx)); | |
4301 static void ff_free_stack_element __ARGS((ff_stack_T *stack_ptr)); | |
7 | 4302 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
4303 static ff_stack_T *ff_create_stack_element __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, int, int)); | |
4304 #else | |
4305 static ff_stack_T *ff_create_stack_element __ARGS((char_u *, int, int)); | |
4306 #endif | |
4307 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
4308 static int ff_path_in_stoplist __ARGS((char_u *, int, char_u **)); | |
4309 #endif | |
4310 | |
3202 | 4311 static char_u e_pathtoolong[] = N_("E854: path too long for completion"); |
4312 | |
7 | 4313 #if 0 |
4314 /* | |
4315 * if someone likes findfirst/findnext, here are the functions | |
4316 * NOT TESTED!! | |
4317 */ | |
4318 | |
4319 static void *ff_fn_search_context = NULL; | |
4320 | |
4321 char_u * | |
4322 vim_findfirst(path, filename, level) | |
4323 char_u *path; | |
4324 char_u *filename; | |
4325 int level; | |
4326 { | |
4327 ff_fn_search_context = | |
4328 vim_findfile_init(path, filename, NULL, level, TRUE, FALSE, | |
4329 ff_fn_search_context, rel_fname); | |
4330 if (NULL == ff_fn_search_context) | |
4331 return NULL; | |
4332 else | |
4333 return vim_findnext() | |
4334 } | |
4335 | |
4336 char_u * | |
4337 vim_findnext() | |
4338 { | |
4339 char_u *ret = vim_findfile(ff_fn_search_context); | |
4340 | |
4341 if (NULL == ret) | |
4342 { | |
4343 vim_findfile_cleanup(ff_fn_search_context); | |
4344 ff_fn_search_context = NULL; | |
4345 } | |
4346 return ret; | |
4347 } | |
4348 #endif | |
4349 | |
4350 /* | |
2522
d7ecfc8b784c
Update help about wildcards in 'tags' option.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2521
diff
changeset
|
4351 * Initialization routine for vim_findfile(). |
7 | 4352 * |
2211
dded7e33d0a9
Fix wrong memory access when clearing crypt key.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2180
diff
changeset
|
4353 * Returns the newly allocated search context or NULL if an error occurred. |
7 | 4354 * |
4355 * Don't forget to clean up by calling vim_findfile_cleanup() if you are done | |
4356 * with the search context. | |
4357 * | |
4358 * Find the file 'filename' in the directory 'path'. | |
4359 * The parameter 'path' may contain wildcards. If so only search 'level' | |
4360 * directories deep. The parameter 'level' is the absolute maximum and is | |
4361 * not related to restricts given to the '**' wildcard. If 'level' is 100 | |
4362 * and you use '**200' vim_findfile() will stop after 100 levels. | |
4363 * | |
1541 | 4364 * 'filename' cannot contain wildcards! It is used as-is, no backslashes to |
4365 * escape special characters. | |
4366 * | |
7 | 4367 * If 'stopdirs' is not NULL and nothing is found downward, the search is |
4368 * restarted on the next higher directory level. This is repeated until the | |
4369 * start-directory of a search is contained in 'stopdirs'. 'stopdirs' has the | |
4370 * format ";*<dirname>*\(;<dirname>\)*;\=$". | |
4371 * | |
4372 * If the 'path' is relative, the starting dir for the search is either VIM's | |
4373 * current dir or if the path starts with "./" the current files dir. | |
2211
dded7e33d0a9
Fix wrong memory access when clearing crypt key.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2180
diff
changeset
|
4374 * If the 'path' is absolute, the starting dir is that part of the path before |
7 | 4375 * the first wildcard. |
4376 * | |
4377 * Upward search is only done on the starting dir. | |
4378 * | |
4379 * If 'free_visited' is TRUE the list of already visited files/directories is | |
4380 * cleared. Set this to FALSE if you just want to search from another | |
4381 * directory, but want to be sure that no directory from a previous search is | |
4382 * searched again. This is useful if you search for a file at different places. | |
4383 * The list of visited files/dirs can also be cleared with the function | |
4384 * vim_findfile_free_visited(). | |
4385 * | |
1541 | 4386 * Set the parameter 'find_what' to FINDFILE_DIR if you want to search for |
4387 * directories only, FINDFILE_FILE for files only, FINDFILE_BOTH for both. | |
7 | 4388 * |
4389 * A search context returned by a previous call to vim_findfile_init() can be | |
1541 | 4390 * passed in the parameter "search_ctx_arg". This context is reused and |
4391 * reinitialized with the new parameters. The list of already visited | |
7 | 4392 * directories from this context is only deleted if the parameter |
1541 | 4393 * "free_visited" is true. Be aware that the passed "search_ctx_arg" is freed |
4394 * if the reinitialization fails. | |
7 | 4395 * |
1541 | 4396 * If you don't have a search context from a previous call "search_ctx_arg" |
4397 * must be NULL. | |
7 | 4398 * |
4399 * This function silently ignores a few errors, vim_findfile() will have | |
4400 * limited functionality then. | |
4401 */ | |
4402 void * | |
1541 | 4403 vim_findfile_init(path, filename, stopdirs, level, free_visited, find_what, |
4404 search_ctx_arg, tagfile, rel_fname) | |
7 | 4405 char_u *path; |
4406 char_u *filename; | |
1881 | 4407 char_u *stopdirs UNUSED; |
7 | 4408 int level; |
4409 int free_visited; | |
1541 | 4410 int find_what; |
4411 void *search_ctx_arg; | |
2521
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4412 int tagfile; /* expanding names of tags files */ |
7 | 4413 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name to use for "." */ |
4414 { | |
4415 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
1541 | 4416 char_u *wc_part; |
4417 #endif | |
4418 ff_stack_T *sptr; | |
4419 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; | |
7 | 4420 |
4421 /* If a search context is given by the caller, reuse it, else allocate a | |
4422 * new one. | |
4423 */ | |
1541 | 4424 if (search_ctx_arg != NULL) |
4425 search_ctx = search_ctx_arg; | |
7 | 4426 else |
4427 { | |
1541 | 4428 search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T*)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(ff_search_ctx_T)); |
4429 if (search_ctx == NULL) | |
7 | 4430 goto error_return; |
2215
cccb71c2c5c1
Fix uninit memory read in undo code. Fix uint32_t in proto file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2211
diff
changeset
|
4431 vim_memset(search_ctx, 0, sizeof(ff_search_ctx_T)); |
7 | 4432 } |
1541 | 4433 search_ctx->ffsc_find_what = find_what; |
2521
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4434 search_ctx->ffsc_tagfile = tagfile; |
7 | 4435 |
4436 /* clear the search context, but NOT the visited lists */ | |
1541 | 4437 ff_clear(search_ctx); |
7 | 4438 |
4439 /* clear visited list if wanted */ | |
4440 if (free_visited == TRUE) | |
1541 | 4441 vim_findfile_free_visited(search_ctx); |
7 | 4442 else |
4443 { | |
4444 /* Reuse old visited lists. Get the visited list for the given | |
4445 * filename. If no list for the current filename exists, creates a new | |
1541 | 4446 * one. */ |
4447 search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list = ff_get_visited_list(filename, | |
4448 &search_ctx->ffsc_visited_lists_list); | |
4449 if (search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list == NULL) | |
7 | 4450 goto error_return; |
1541 | 4451 search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list = ff_get_visited_list(filename, |
4452 &search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list); | |
4453 if (search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list == NULL) | |
7 | 4454 goto error_return; |
4455 } | |
4456 | |
4457 if (ff_expand_buffer == NULL) | |
4458 { | |
4459 ff_expand_buffer = (char_u*)alloc(MAXPATHL); | |
4460 if (ff_expand_buffer == NULL) | |
4461 goto error_return; | |
4462 } | |
4463 | |
4464 /* Store information on starting dir now if path is relative. | |
20 | 4465 * If path is absolute, we do that later. */ |
7 | 4466 if (path[0] == '.' |
4467 && (vim_ispathsep(path[1]) || path[1] == NUL) | |
4468 && (!tagfile || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_DOTTAG) == NULL) | |
4469 && rel_fname != NULL) | |
4470 { | |
4471 int len = (int)(gettail(rel_fname) - rel_fname); | |
4472 | |
4473 if (!vim_isAbsName(rel_fname) && len + 1 < MAXPATHL) | |
4474 { | |
4475 /* Make the start dir an absolute path name. */ | |
418 | 4476 vim_strncpy(ff_expand_buffer, rel_fname, len); |
1541 | 4477 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = FullName_save(ff_expand_buffer, FALSE); |
7 | 4478 } |
4479 else | |
1541 | 4480 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strnsave(rel_fname, len); |
4481 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL) | |
7 | 4482 goto error_return; |
4483 if (*++path != NUL) | |
4484 ++path; | |
4485 } | |
4486 else if (*path == NUL || !vim_isAbsName(path)) | |
4487 { | |
4488 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
4489 /* "c:dir" needs "c:" to be expanded, otherwise use current dir */ | |
4490 if (*path != NUL && path[1] == ':') | |
4491 { | |
4492 char_u drive[3]; | |
4493 | |
4494 drive[0] = path[0]; | |
4495 drive[1] = ':'; | |
4496 drive[2] = NUL; | |
4497 if (vim_FullName(drive, ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL, TRUE) == FAIL) | |
4498 goto error_return; | |
4499 path += 2; | |
4500 } | |
4501 else | |
4502 #endif | |
4503 if (mch_dirname(ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL) == FAIL) | |
4504 goto error_return; | |
4505 | |
1541 | 4506 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strsave(ff_expand_buffer); |
4507 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL) | |
7 | 4508 goto error_return; |
4509 | |
4510 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
4511 /* A path that starts with "/dir" is relative to the drive, not to the | |
4512 * directory (but not for "//machine/dir"). Only use the drive name. */ | |
4513 if ((*path == '/' || *path == '\\') | |
4514 && path[1] != path[0] | |
1541 | 4515 && search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[1] == ':') |
4516 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[2] = NUL; | |
7 | 4517 #endif |
4518 } | |
4519 | |
4520 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
4521 /* | |
4522 * If stopdirs are given, split them into an array of pointers. | |
4523 * If this fails (mem allocation), there is no upward search at all or a | |
4524 * stop directory is not recognized -> continue silently. | |
4525 * If stopdirs just contains a ";" or is empty, | |
1541 | 4526 * search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v will only contain a NULL pointer. This |
7 | 4527 * is handled as unlimited upward search. See function |
4528 * ff_path_in_stoplist() for details. | |
4529 */ | |
4530 if (stopdirs != NULL) | |
4531 { | |
4532 char_u *walker = stopdirs; | |
4533 int dircount; | |
4534 | |
4535 while (*walker == ';') | |
4536 walker++; | |
4537 | |
4538 dircount = 1; | |
1541 | 4539 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v = |
4540 (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(char_u *)); | |
4541 | |
4542 if (search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL) | |
7 | 4543 { |
4544 do | |
4545 { | |
4546 char_u *helper; | |
4547 void *ptr; | |
4548 | |
4549 helper = walker; | |
1541 | 4550 ptr = vim_realloc(search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v, |
7 | 4551 (dircount + 1) * sizeof(char_u *)); |
4552 if (ptr) | |
1541 | 4553 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v = ptr; |
7 | 4554 else |
4555 /* ignore, keep what we have and continue */ | |
4556 break; | |
4557 walker = vim_strchr(walker, ';'); | |
4558 if (walker) | |
4559 { | |
1541 | 4560 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] = |
4561 vim_strnsave(helper, (int)(walker - helper)); | |
7 | 4562 walker++; |
4563 } | |
4564 else | |
4565 /* this might be "", which means ascent till top | |
4566 * of directory tree. | |
4567 */ | |
1541 | 4568 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] = |
4569 vim_strsave(helper); | |
7 | 4570 |
4571 dircount++; | |
4572 | |
4573 } while (walker != NULL); | |
1541 | 4574 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] = NULL; |
7 | 4575 } |
4576 } | |
4577 #endif | |
4578 | |
4579 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
1541 | 4580 search_ctx->ffsc_level = level; |
7 | 4581 |
4582 /* split into: | |
4583 * -fix path | |
4584 * -wildcard_stuff (might be NULL) | |
4585 */ | |
4586 wc_part = vim_strchr(path, '*'); | |
4587 if (wc_part != NULL) | |
4588 { | |
4589 int llevel; | |
4590 int len; | |
29 | 4591 char *errpt; |
7 | 4592 |
4593 /* save the fix part of the path */ | |
1541 | 4594 search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = vim_strnsave(path, (int)(wc_part - path)); |
7 | 4595 |
4596 /* | |
4597 * copy wc_path and add restricts to the '**' wildcard. | |
1209 | 4598 * The octet after a '**' is used as a (binary) counter. |
7 | 4599 * So '**3' is transposed to '**^C' ('^C' is ASCII value 3) |
4600 * or '**76' is transposed to '**N'( 'N' is ASCII value 76). | |
4601 * For EBCDIC you get different character values. | |
4602 * If no restrict is given after '**' the default is used. | |
1993 | 4603 * Due to this technique the path looks awful if you print it as a |
7 | 4604 * string. |
4605 */ | |
4606 len = 0; | |
4607 while (*wc_part != NUL) | |
4608 { | |
3202 | 4609 if (len + 5 >= MAXPATHL) |
4610 { | |
4611 EMSG(_(e_pathtoolong)); | |
4612 break; | |
4613 } | |
7 | 4614 if (STRNCMP(wc_part, "**", 2) == 0) |
4615 { | |
4616 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++; | |
4617 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++; | |
4618 | |
29 | 4619 llevel = strtol((char *)wc_part, &errpt, 10); |
4620 if ((char_u *)errpt != wc_part && llevel > 0 && llevel < 255) | |
7 | 4621 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = llevel; |
29 | 4622 else if ((char_u *)errpt != wc_part && llevel == 0) |
7 | 4623 /* restrict is 0 -> remove already added '**' */ |
4624 len -= 2; | |
4625 else | |
4626 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = FF_MAX_STAR_STAR_EXPAND; | |
29 | 4627 wc_part = (char_u *)errpt; |
461 | 4628 if (*wc_part != NUL && !vim_ispathsep(*wc_part)) |
7 | 4629 { |
4630 EMSG2(_("E343: Invalid path: '**[number]' must be at the end of the path or be followed by '%s'."), PATHSEPSTR); | |
4631 goto error_return; | |
4632 } | |
4633 } | |
4634 else | |
4635 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++; | |
4636 } | |
4637 ff_expand_buffer[len] = NUL; | |
1541 | 4638 search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path = vim_strsave(ff_expand_buffer); |
4639 | |
4640 if (search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path == NULL) | |
7 | 4641 goto error_return; |
4642 } | |
4643 else | |
4644 #endif | |
1541 | 4645 search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = vim_strsave(path); |
4646 | |
4647 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL) | |
7 | 4648 { |
4649 /* store the fix part as startdir. | |
4650 * This is needed if the parameter path is fully qualified. | |
4651 */ | |
1541 | 4652 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strsave(search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); |
2445
04dae202d316
Fixes for coverity warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
4653 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL) |
04dae202d316
Fixes for coverity warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
4654 goto error_return; |
04dae202d316
Fixes for coverity warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
4655 search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path[0] = NUL; |
7 | 4656 } |
4657 | |
4658 /* create an absolute path */ | |
3202 | 4659 if (STRLEN(search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir) |
4660 + STRLEN(search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path) + 3 >= MAXPATHL) | |
4661 { | |
4662 EMSG(_(e_pathtoolong)); | |
4663 goto error_return; | |
4664 } | |
1541 | 4665 STRCPY(ff_expand_buffer, search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir); |
7 | 4666 add_pathsep(ff_expand_buffer); |
1541 | 4667 STRCAT(ff_expand_buffer, search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); |
7 | 4668 add_pathsep(ff_expand_buffer); |
4669 | |
4670 sptr = ff_create_stack_element(ff_expand_buffer, | |
4671 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
1541 | 4672 search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path, |
7 | 4673 #endif |
4674 level, 0); | |
4675 | |
4676 if (sptr == NULL) | |
4677 goto error_return; | |
4678 | |
1541 | 4679 ff_push(search_ctx, sptr); |
4680 | |
4681 search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search = vim_strsave(filename); | |
4682 if (search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search == NULL) | |
7 | 4683 goto error_return; |
4684 | |
1541 | 4685 return search_ctx; |
7 | 4686 |
4687 error_return: | |
4688 /* | |
4689 * We clear the search context now! | |
4690 * Even when the caller gave us a (perhaps valid) context we free it here, | |
4691 * as we might have already destroyed it. | |
4692 */ | |
1541 | 4693 vim_findfile_cleanup(search_ctx); |
7 | 4694 return NULL; |
4695 } | |
4696 | |
4697 #if defined(FEAT_PATH_EXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
4698 /* | |
4699 * Get the stopdir string. Check that ';' is not escaped. | |
4700 */ | |
4701 char_u * | |
4702 vim_findfile_stopdir(buf) | |
4703 char_u *buf; | |
4704 { | |
4705 char_u *r_ptr = buf; | |
4706 | |
4707 while (*r_ptr != NUL && *r_ptr != ';') | |
4708 { | |
4709 if (r_ptr[0] == '\\' && r_ptr[1] == ';') | |
4710 { | |
2984 | 4711 /* Overwrite the escape char, |
4712 * use STRLEN(r_ptr) to move the trailing '\0'. */ | |
1621 | 4713 STRMOVE(r_ptr, r_ptr + 1); |
7 | 4714 r_ptr++; |
4715 } | |
4716 r_ptr++; | |
4717 } | |
4718 if (*r_ptr == ';') | |
4719 { | |
4720 *r_ptr = 0; | |
4721 r_ptr++; | |
4722 } | |
4723 else if (*r_ptr == NUL) | |
4724 r_ptr = NULL; | |
4725 return r_ptr; | |
4726 } | |
4727 #endif | |
4728 | |
1541 | 4729 /* |
4730 * Clean up the given search context. Can handle a NULL pointer. | |
4731 */ | |
7 | 4732 void |
4733 vim_findfile_cleanup(ctx) | |
4734 void *ctx; | |
4735 { | |
359 | 4736 if (ctx == NULL) |
7 | 4737 return; |
4738 | |
4739 vim_findfile_free_visited(ctx); | |
1541 | 4740 ff_clear(ctx); |
7 | 4741 vim_free(ctx); |
4742 } | |
4743 | |
4744 /* | |
4745 * Find a file in a search context. | |
4746 * The search context was created with vim_findfile_init() above. | |
4747 * Return a pointer to an allocated file name or NULL if nothing found. | |
4748 * To get all matching files call this function until you get NULL. | |
4749 * | |
20 | 4750 * If the passed search_context is NULL, NULL is returned. |
7 | 4751 * |
4752 * The search algorithm is depth first. To change this replace the | |
4753 * stack with a list (don't forget to leave partly searched directories on the | |
4754 * top of the list). | |
4755 */ | |
4756 char_u * | |
1541 | 4757 vim_findfile(search_ctx_arg) |
4758 void *search_ctx_arg; | |
7 | 4759 { |
4760 char_u *file_path; | |
4761 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
4762 char_u *rest_of_wildcards; | |
4763 char_u *path_end = NULL; | |
4764 #endif | |
1541 | 4765 ff_stack_T *stackp; |
7 | 4766 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(FEAT_PATH_EXTRA) |
4767 int len; | |
4768 #endif | |
4769 int i; | |
4770 char_u *p; | |
4771 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
4772 char_u *suf; | |
4773 #endif | |
1541 | 4774 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; |
4775 | |
4776 if (search_ctx_arg == NULL) | |
7 | 4777 return NULL; |
4778 | |
1541 | 4779 search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T *)search_ctx_arg; |
7 | 4780 |
4781 /* | |
4782 * filepath is used as buffer for various actions and as the storage to | |
4783 * return a found filename. | |
4784 */ | |
4785 if ((file_path = alloc((int)MAXPATHL)) == NULL) | |
4786 return NULL; | |
4787 | |
4788 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
4789 /* store the end of the start dir -- needed for upward search */ | |
1541 | 4790 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir != NULL) |
4791 path_end = &search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[ | |
4792 STRLEN(search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir)]; | |
7 | 4793 #endif |
4794 | |
4795 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
4796 /* upward search loop */ | |
4797 for (;;) | |
4798 { | |
4799 #endif | |
4800 /* downward search loop */ | |
4801 for (;;) | |
4802 { | |
4803 /* check if user user wants to stop the search*/ | |
4804 ui_breakcheck(); | |
4805 if (got_int) | |
4806 break; | |
4807 | |
4808 /* get directory to work on from stack */ | |
1541 | 4809 stackp = ff_pop(search_ctx); |
4810 if (stackp == NULL) | |
7 | 4811 break; |
4812 | |
4813 /* | |
4814 * TODO: decide if we leave this test in | |
4815 * | |
4816 * GOOD: don't search a directory(-tree) twice. | |
4817 * BAD: - check linked list for every new directory entered. | |
4818 * - check for double files also done below | |
4819 * | |
4820 * Here we check if we already searched this directory. | |
4821 * We already searched a directory if: | |
4822 * 1) The directory is the same. | |
4823 * 2) We would use the same wildcard string. | |
4824 * | |
4825 * Good if you have links on same directory via several ways | |
4826 * or you have selfreferences in directories (e.g. SuSE Linux 6.3: | |
4827 * /etc/rc.d/init.d is linked to /etc/rc.d -> endless loop) | |
4828 * | |
4829 * This check is only needed for directories we work on for the | |
1541 | 4830 * first time (hence stackp->ff_filearray == NULL) |
7 | 4831 */ |
1541 | 4832 if (stackp->ffs_filearray == NULL |
4833 && ff_check_visited(&search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list | |
7 | 4834 ->ffvl_visited_list, |
1541 | 4835 stackp->ffs_fix_path |
7 | 4836 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
1541 | 4837 , stackp->ffs_wc_path |
7 | 4838 #endif |
4839 ) == FAIL) | |
4840 { | |
4841 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
4842 if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
4843 { | |
293 | 4844 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
7 | 4845 smsg((char_u *)"Already Searched: %s (%s)", |
1541 | 4846 stackp->ffs_fix_path, stackp->ffs_wc_path); |
7 | 4847 /* don't overwrite this either */ |
4848 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
293 | 4849 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
7 | 4850 } |
4851 #endif | |
1541 | 4852 ff_free_stack_element(stackp); |
7 | 4853 continue; |
4854 } | |
4855 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
4856 else if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
4857 { | |
293 | 4858 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
273 | 4859 smsg((char_u *)"Searching: %s (%s)", |
1541 | 4860 stackp->ffs_fix_path, stackp->ffs_wc_path); |
7 | 4861 /* don't overwrite this either */ |
4862 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
293 | 4863 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
7 | 4864 } |
4865 #endif | |
4866 | |
4867 /* check depth */ | |
1541 | 4868 if (stackp->ffs_level <= 0) |
7 | 4869 { |
1541 | 4870 ff_free_stack_element(stackp); |
7 | 4871 continue; |
4872 } | |
4873 | |
4874 file_path[0] = NUL; | |
4875 | |
4876 /* | |
4877 * If no filearray till now expand wildcards | |
4878 * The function expand_wildcards() can handle an array of paths | |
4879 * and all possible expands are returned in one array. We use this | |
4880 * to handle the expansion of '**' into an empty string. | |
4881 */ | |
1541 | 4882 if (stackp->ffs_filearray == NULL) |
7 | 4883 { |
4884 char_u *dirptrs[2]; | |
4885 | |
4886 /* we use filepath to build the path expand_wildcards() should | |
4887 * expand. | |
4888 */ | |
4889 dirptrs[0] = file_path; | |
4890 dirptrs[1] = NULL; | |
4891 | |
4892 /* if we have a start dir copy it in */ | |
1541 | 4893 if (!vim_isAbsName(stackp->ffs_fix_path) |
4894 && search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir) | |
7 | 4895 { |
1541 | 4896 STRCPY(file_path, search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir); |
7 | 4897 add_pathsep(file_path); |
4898 } | |
4899 | |
4900 /* append the fix part of the search path */ | |
1541 | 4901 STRCAT(file_path, stackp->ffs_fix_path); |
7 | 4902 add_pathsep(file_path); |
4903 | |
4904 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
1541 | 4905 rest_of_wildcards = stackp->ffs_wc_path; |
7 | 4906 if (*rest_of_wildcards != NUL) |
4907 { | |
4908 len = (int)STRLEN(file_path); | |
4909 if (STRNCMP(rest_of_wildcards, "**", 2) == 0) | |
4910 { | |
4911 /* pointer to the restrict byte | |
4912 * The restrict byte is not a character! | |
4913 */ | |
4914 p = rest_of_wildcards + 2; | |
4915 | |
4916 if (*p > 0) | |
4917 { | |
4918 (*p)--; | |
4919 file_path[len++] = '*'; | |
4920 } | |
4921 | |
4922 if (*p == 0) | |
4923 { | |
4924 /* remove '**<numb> from wildcards */ | |
1621 | 4925 STRMOVE(rest_of_wildcards, rest_of_wildcards + 3); |
7 | 4926 } |
4927 else | |
4928 rest_of_wildcards += 3; | |
4929 | |
1541 | 4930 if (stackp->ffs_star_star_empty == 0) |
7 | 4931 { |
4932 /* if not done before, expand '**' to empty */ | |
1541 | 4933 stackp->ffs_star_star_empty = 1; |
4934 dirptrs[1] = stackp->ffs_fix_path; | |
7 | 4935 } |
4936 } | |
4937 | |
4938 /* | |
4939 * Here we copy until the next path separator or the end of | |
4940 * the path. If we stop at a path separator, there is | |
1209 | 4941 * still something else left. This is handled below by |
7 | 4942 * pushing every directory returned from expand_wildcards() |
4943 * on the stack again for further search. | |
4944 */ | |
4945 while (*rest_of_wildcards | |
4946 && !vim_ispathsep(*rest_of_wildcards)) | |
4947 file_path[len++] = *rest_of_wildcards++; | |
4948 | |
4949 file_path[len] = NUL; | |
4950 if (vim_ispathsep(*rest_of_wildcards)) | |
4951 rest_of_wildcards++; | |
4952 } | |
4953 #endif | |
4954 | |
4955 /* | |
4956 * Expand wildcards like "*" and "$VAR". | |
4957 * If the path is a URL don't try this. | |
4958 */ | |
4959 if (path_with_url(dirptrs[0])) | |
4960 { | |
1541 | 4961 stackp->ffs_filearray = (char_u **) |
7 | 4962 alloc((unsigned)sizeof(char *)); |
1541 | 4963 if (stackp->ffs_filearray != NULL |
4964 && (stackp->ffs_filearray[0] | |
7 | 4965 = vim_strsave(dirptrs[0])) != NULL) |
1541 | 4966 stackp->ffs_filearray_size = 1; |
7 | 4967 else |
1541 | 4968 stackp->ffs_filearray_size = 0; |
7 | 4969 } |
4970 else | |
2984 | 4971 /* Add EW_NOTWILD because the expanded path may contain |
4972 * wildcard characters that are to be taken literally. | |
4973 * This is a bit of a hack. */ | |
7 | 4974 expand_wildcards((dirptrs[1] == NULL) ? 1 : 2, dirptrs, |
1541 | 4975 &stackp->ffs_filearray_size, |
4976 &stackp->ffs_filearray, | |
2984 | 4977 EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT|EW_NOTWILD); |
7 | 4978 |
1541 | 4979 stackp->ffs_filearray_cur = 0; |
4980 stackp->ffs_stage = 0; | |
7 | 4981 } |
4982 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
4983 else | |
1541 | 4984 rest_of_wildcards = &stackp->ffs_wc_path[ |
4985 STRLEN(stackp->ffs_wc_path)]; | |
4986 #endif | |
4987 | |
4988 if (stackp->ffs_stage == 0) | |
7 | 4989 { |
4990 /* this is the first time we work on this directory */ | |
4991 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
4992 if (*rest_of_wildcards == NUL) | |
4993 #endif | |
4994 { | |
4995 /* | |
4996 * we don't have further wildcards to expand, so we have to | |
4997 * check for the final file now | |
4998 */ | |
1541 | 4999 for (i = stackp->ffs_filearray_cur; |
5000 i < stackp->ffs_filearray_size; ++i) | |
7 | 5001 { |
1541 | 5002 if (!path_with_url(stackp->ffs_filearray[i]) |
5003 && !mch_isdir(stackp->ffs_filearray[i])) | |
7 | 5004 continue; /* not a directory */ |
5005 | |
1993 | 5006 /* prepare the filename to be checked for existence |
7 | 5007 * below */ |
1541 | 5008 STRCPY(file_path, stackp->ffs_filearray[i]); |
7 | 5009 add_pathsep(file_path); |
1541 | 5010 STRCAT(file_path, search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search); |
7 | 5011 |
5012 /* | |
5013 * Try without extra suffix and then with suffixes | |
5014 * from 'suffixesadd'. | |
5015 */ | |
5016 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
5017 len = (int)STRLEN(file_path); | |
2521
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
5018 if (search_ctx->ffsc_tagfile) |
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
5019 suf = (char_u *)""; |
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
5020 else |
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
5021 suf = curbuf->b_p_sua; |
7 | 5022 for (;;) |
5023 #endif | |
5024 { | |
5025 /* if file exists and we didn't already find it */ | |
5026 if ((path_with_url(file_path) | |
1541 | 5027 || (mch_getperm(file_path) >= 0 |
5028 && (search_ctx->ffsc_find_what | |
5029 == FINDFILE_BOTH | |
5030 || ((search_ctx->ffsc_find_what | |
5031 == FINDFILE_DIR) | |
5032 == mch_isdir(file_path))))) | |
7 | 5033 #ifndef FF_VERBOSE |
5034 && (ff_check_visited( | |
1541 | 5035 &search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list->ffvl_visited_list, |
7 | 5036 file_path |
5037 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
5038 , (char_u *)"" | |
5039 #endif | |
5040 ) == OK) | |
5041 #endif | |
5042 ) | |
5043 { | |
5044 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
5045 if (ff_check_visited( | |
1541 | 5046 &search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list->ffvl_visited_list, |
7 | 5047 file_path |
5048 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
5049 , (char_u *)"" | |
5050 #endif | |
5051 ) == FAIL) | |
5052 { | |
5053 if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
5054 { | |
293 | 5055 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
273 | 5056 smsg((char_u *)"Already: %s", |
7 | 5057 file_path); |
5058 /* don't overwrite this either */ | |
5059 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
293 | 5060 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
7 | 5061 } |
5062 continue; | |
5063 } | |
5064 #endif | |
5065 | |
5066 /* push dir to examine rest of subdirs later */ | |
1541 | 5067 stackp->ffs_filearray_cur = i + 1; |
5068 ff_push(search_ctx, stackp); | |
7 | 5069 |
1789 | 5070 if (!path_with_url(file_path)) |
5071 simplify_filename(file_path); | |
7 | 5072 if (mch_dirname(ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL) |
5073 == OK) | |
5074 { | |
5075 p = shorten_fname(file_path, | |
5076 ff_expand_buffer); | |
5077 if (p != NULL) | |
1621 | 5078 STRMOVE(file_path, p); |
7 | 5079 } |
5080 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
5081 if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
5082 { | |
293 | 5083 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
273 | 5084 smsg((char_u *)"HIT: %s", file_path); |
7 | 5085 /* don't overwrite this either */ |
5086 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
293 | 5087 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
7 | 5088 } |
5089 #endif | |
5090 return file_path; | |
5091 } | |
5092 | |
5093 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
5094 /* Not found or found already, try next suffix. */ | |
5095 if (*suf == NUL) | |
5096 break; | |
5097 copy_option_part(&suf, file_path + len, | |
5098 MAXPATHL - len, ","); | |
5099 #endif | |
5100 } | |
5101 } | |
5102 } | |
5103 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
5104 else | |
5105 { | |
5106 /* | |
5107 * still wildcards left, push the directories for further | |
5108 * search | |
5109 */ | |
1541 | 5110 for (i = stackp->ffs_filearray_cur; |
5111 i < stackp->ffs_filearray_size; ++i) | |
7 | 5112 { |
1541 | 5113 if (!mch_isdir(stackp->ffs_filearray[i])) |
7 | 5114 continue; /* not a directory */ |
5115 | |
1541 | 5116 ff_push(search_ctx, |
5117 ff_create_stack_element( | |
5118 stackp->ffs_filearray[i], | |
5119 rest_of_wildcards, | |
5120 stackp->ffs_level - 1, 0)); | |
7 | 5121 } |
5122 } | |
5123 #endif | |
1541 | 5124 stackp->ffs_filearray_cur = 0; |
5125 stackp->ffs_stage = 1; | |
7 | 5126 } |
5127 | |
5128 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
5129 /* | |
5130 * if wildcards contains '**' we have to descent till we reach the | |
5131 * leaves of the directory tree. | |
5132 */ | |
1541 | 5133 if (STRNCMP(stackp->ffs_wc_path, "**", 2) == 0) |
7 | 5134 { |
1541 | 5135 for (i = stackp->ffs_filearray_cur; |
5136 i < stackp->ffs_filearray_size; ++i) | |
7 | 5137 { |
1541 | 5138 if (fnamecmp(stackp->ffs_filearray[i], |
5139 stackp->ffs_fix_path) == 0) | |
7 | 5140 continue; /* don't repush same directory */ |
1541 | 5141 if (!mch_isdir(stackp->ffs_filearray[i])) |
7 | 5142 continue; /* not a directory */ |
1541 | 5143 ff_push(search_ctx, |
5144 ff_create_stack_element(stackp->ffs_filearray[i], | |
5145 stackp->ffs_wc_path, stackp->ffs_level - 1, 1)); | |
7 | 5146 } |
5147 } | |
5148 #endif | |
5149 | |
5150 /* we are done with the current directory */ | |
1541 | 5151 ff_free_stack_element(stackp); |
7 | 5152 |
5153 } | |
5154 | |
5155 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
5156 /* If we reached this, we didn't find anything downwards. | |
5157 * Let's check if we should do an upward search. | |
5158 */ | |
1541 | 5159 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir |
5160 && search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL && !got_int) | |
7 | 5161 { |
5162 ff_stack_T *sptr; | |
5163 | |
5164 /* is the last starting directory in the stop list? */ | |
1541 | 5165 if (ff_path_in_stoplist(search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir, |
5166 (int)(path_end - search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir), | |
5167 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v) == TRUE) | |
7 | 5168 break; |
5169 | |
5170 /* cut of last dir */ | |
1541 | 5171 while (path_end > search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir |
5172 && vim_ispathsep(*path_end)) | |
7 | 5173 path_end--; |
1541 | 5174 while (path_end > search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir |
5175 && !vim_ispathsep(path_end[-1])) | |
7 | 5176 path_end--; |
5177 *path_end = 0; | |
5178 path_end--; | |
5179 | |
1541 | 5180 if (*search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == 0) |
7 | 5181 break; |
5182 | |
1541 | 5183 STRCPY(file_path, search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir); |
7 | 5184 add_pathsep(file_path); |
1541 | 5185 STRCAT(file_path, search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); |
7 | 5186 |
5187 /* create a new stack entry */ | |
5188 sptr = ff_create_stack_element(file_path, | |
1541 | 5189 search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path, search_ctx->ffsc_level, 0); |
7 | 5190 if (sptr == NULL) |
5191 break; | |
1541 | 5192 ff_push(search_ctx, sptr); |
7 | 5193 } |
5194 else | |
5195 break; | |
5196 } | |
5197 #endif | |
5198 | |
5199 vim_free(file_path); | |
5200 return NULL; | |
5201 } | |
5202 | |
5203 /* | |
5204 * Free the list of lists of visited files and directories | |
5205 * Can handle it if the passed search_context is NULL; | |
5206 */ | |
5207 void | |
1541 | 5208 vim_findfile_free_visited(search_ctx_arg) |
5209 void *search_ctx_arg; | |
7 | 5210 { |
1541 | 5211 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; |
5212 | |
5213 if (search_ctx_arg == NULL) | |
7 | 5214 return; |
5215 | |
1541 | 5216 search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T *)search_ctx_arg; |
5217 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(&search_ctx->ffsc_visited_lists_list); | |
5218 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(&search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list); | |
7 | 5219 } |
5220 | |
5221 static void | |
5222 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(list_headp) | |
5223 ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp; | |
5224 { | |
5225 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *vp; | |
5226 | |
5227 while (*list_headp != NULL) | |
5228 { | |
5229 vp = (*list_headp)->ffvl_next; | |
5230 ff_free_visited_list((*list_headp)->ffvl_visited_list); | |
5231 | |
5232 vim_free((*list_headp)->ffvl_filename); | |
5233 vim_free(*list_headp); | |
5234 *list_headp = vp; | |
5235 } | |
5236 *list_headp = NULL; | |
5237 } | |
5238 | |
5239 static void | |
5240 ff_free_visited_list(vl) | |
5241 ff_visited_T *vl; | |
5242 { | |
5243 ff_visited_T *vp; | |
5244 | |
5245 while (vl != NULL) | |
5246 { | |
5247 vp = vl->ffv_next; | |
5248 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
5249 vim_free(vl->ffv_wc_path); | |
5250 #endif | |
5251 vim_free(vl); | |
5252 vl = vp; | |
5253 } | |
5254 vl = NULL; | |
5255 } | |
5256 | |
5257 /* | |
5258 * Returns the already visited list for the given filename. If none is found it | |
5259 * allocates a new one. | |
5260 */ | |
5261 static ff_visited_list_hdr_T* | |
5262 ff_get_visited_list(filename, list_headp) | |
5263 char_u *filename; | |
5264 ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp; | |
5265 { | |
5266 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *retptr = NULL; | |
5267 | |
5268 /* check if a visited list for the given filename exists */ | |
5269 if (*list_headp != NULL) | |
5270 { | |
5271 retptr = *list_headp; | |
5272 while (retptr != NULL) | |
5273 { | |
5274 if (fnamecmp(filename, retptr->ffvl_filename) == 0) | |
5275 { | |
5276 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
5277 if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
5278 { | |
293 | 5279 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
273 | 5280 smsg((char_u *)"ff_get_visited_list: FOUND list for %s", |
7 | 5281 filename); |
5282 /* don't overwrite this either */ | |
5283 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
293 | 5284 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
7 | 5285 } |
5286 #endif | |
5287 return retptr; | |
5288 } | |
5289 retptr = retptr->ffvl_next; | |
5290 } | |
5291 } | |
5292 | |
5293 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
5294 if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
5295 { | |
293 | 5296 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
273 | 5297 smsg((char_u *)"ff_get_visited_list: new list for %s", filename); |
7 | 5298 /* don't overwrite this either */ |
5299 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
293 | 5300 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
7 | 5301 } |
5302 #endif | |
5303 | |
5304 /* | |
5305 * if we reach this we didn't find a list and we have to allocate new list | |
5306 */ | |
5307 retptr = (ff_visited_list_hdr_T*)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(*retptr)); | |
5308 if (retptr == NULL) | |
5309 return NULL; | |
5310 | |
5311 retptr->ffvl_visited_list = NULL; | |
5312 retptr->ffvl_filename = vim_strsave(filename); | |
5313 if (retptr->ffvl_filename == NULL) | |
5314 { | |
5315 vim_free(retptr); | |
5316 return NULL; | |
5317 } | |
5318 retptr->ffvl_next = *list_headp; | |
5319 *list_headp = retptr; | |
5320 | |
5321 return retptr; | |
5322 } | |
5323 | |
5324 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
5325 /* | |
5326 * check if two wildcard paths are equal. Returns TRUE or FALSE. | |
5327 * They are equal if: | |
5328 * - both paths are NULL | |
5329 * - they have the same length | |
5330 * - char by char comparison is OK | |
5331 * - the only differences are in the counters behind a '**', so | |
5332 * '**\20' is equal to '**\24' | |
5333 */ | |
5334 static int | |
5335 ff_wc_equal(s1, s2) | |
5336 char_u *s1; | |
5337 char_u *s2; | |
5338 { | |
5339 int i; | |
5340 | |
5341 if (s1 == s2) | |
5342 return TRUE; | |
5343 | |
5344 if (s1 == NULL || s2 == NULL) | |
5345 return FALSE; | |
5346 | |
5347 if (STRLEN(s1) != STRLEN(s2)) | |
5348 return FAIL; | |
5349 | |
5350 for (i = 0; s1[i] != NUL && s2[i] != NUL; i++) | |
5351 { | |
5352 if (s1[i] != s2[i] | |
5353 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME | |
5354 && TOUPPER_LOC(s1[i]) != TOUPPER_LOC(s2[i]) | |
5355 #endif | |
5356 ) | |
5357 { | |
5358 if (i >= 2) | |
5359 if (s1[i-1] == '*' && s1[i-2] == '*') | |
5360 continue; | |
5361 else | |
5362 return FAIL; | |
5363 else | |
5364 return FAIL; | |
5365 } | |
5366 } | |
5367 return TRUE; | |
5368 } | |
5369 #endif | |
5370 | |
5371 /* | |
5372 * maintains the list of already visited files and dirs | |
5373 * returns FAIL if the given file/dir is already in the list | |
5374 * returns OK if it is newly added | |
5375 * | |
5376 * TODO: What to do on memory allocation problems? | |
5377 * -> return TRUE - Better the file is found several times instead of | |
5378 * never. | |
5379 */ | |
5380 static int | |
5381 ff_check_visited(visited_list, fname | |
5382 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
5383 , wc_path | |
5384 #endif | |
5385 ) | |
5386 ff_visited_T **visited_list; | |
5387 char_u *fname; | |
5388 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
5389 char_u *wc_path; | |
5390 #endif | |
5391 { | |
5392 ff_visited_T *vp; | |
5393 #ifdef UNIX | |
5394 struct stat st; | |
5395 int url = FALSE; | |
5396 #endif | |
5397 | |
5398 /* For an URL we only compare the name, otherwise we compare the | |
5399 * device/inode (unix) or the full path name (not Unix). */ | |
5400 if (path_with_url(fname)) | |
5401 { | |
418 | 5402 vim_strncpy(ff_expand_buffer, fname, MAXPATHL - 1); |
7 | 5403 #ifdef UNIX |
5404 url = TRUE; | |
5405 #endif | |
5406 } | |
5407 else | |
5408 { | |
5409 ff_expand_buffer[0] = NUL; | |
5410 #ifdef UNIX | |
5411 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st) < 0) | |
5412 #else | |
5413 if (vim_FullName(fname, ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL, TRUE) == FAIL) | |
5414 #endif | |
5415 return FAIL; | |
5416 } | |
5417 | |
5418 /* check against list of already visited files */ | |
5419 for (vp = *visited_list; vp != NULL; vp = vp->ffv_next) | |
5420 { | |
5421 if ( | |
5422 #ifdef UNIX | |
1881 | 5423 !url ? (vp->ffv_dev_valid && vp->ffv_dev == st.st_dev |
5424 && vp->ffv_ino == st.st_ino) | |
5425 : | |
7 | 5426 #endif |
5427 fnamecmp(vp->ffv_fname, ff_expand_buffer) == 0 | |
5428 ) | |
5429 { | |
5430 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
5431 /* are the wildcard parts equal */ | |
5432 if (ff_wc_equal(vp->ffv_wc_path, wc_path) == TRUE) | |
5433 #endif | |
5434 /* already visited */ | |
5435 return FAIL; | |
5436 } | |
5437 } | |
5438 | |
5439 /* | |
5440 * New file/dir. Add it to the list of visited files/dirs. | |
5441 */ | |
5442 vp = (ff_visited_T *)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(ff_visited_T) | |
5443 + STRLEN(ff_expand_buffer))); | |
5444 | |
5445 if (vp != NULL) | |
5446 { | |
5447 #ifdef UNIX | |
5448 if (!url) | |
5449 { | |
1881 | 5450 vp->ffv_dev_valid = TRUE; |
7 | 5451 vp->ffv_ino = st.st_ino; |
5452 vp->ffv_dev = st.st_dev; | |
5453 vp->ffv_fname[0] = NUL; | |
5454 } | |
5455 else | |
5456 { | |
1881 | 5457 vp->ffv_dev_valid = FALSE; |
7 | 5458 #endif |
5459 STRCPY(vp->ffv_fname, ff_expand_buffer); | |
5460 #ifdef UNIX | |
5461 } | |
5462 #endif | |
5463 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
5464 if (wc_path != NULL) | |
5465 vp->ffv_wc_path = vim_strsave(wc_path); | |
5466 else | |
5467 vp->ffv_wc_path = NULL; | |
5468 #endif | |
5469 | |
5470 vp->ffv_next = *visited_list; | |
5471 *visited_list = vp; | |
5472 } | |
5473 | |
5474 return OK; | |
5475 } | |
5476 | |
5477 /* | |
5478 * create stack element from given path pieces | |
5479 */ | |
5480 static ff_stack_T * | |
5481 ff_create_stack_element(fix_part, | |
5482 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
5483 wc_part, | |
5484 #endif | |
5485 level, star_star_empty) | |
5486 char_u *fix_part; | |
5487 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
5488 char_u *wc_part; | |
5489 #endif | |
5490 int level; | |
5491 int star_star_empty; | |
5492 { | |
5493 ff_stack_T *new; | |
5494 | |
5495 new = (ff_stack_T *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(ff_stack_T)); | |
5496 if (new == NULL) | |
5497 return NULL; | |
5498 | |
5499 new->ffs_prev = NULL; | |
5500 new->ffs_filearray = NULL; | |
5501 new->ffs_filearray_size = 0; | |
5502 new->ffs_filearray_cur = 0; | |
5503 new->ffs_stage = 0; | |
5504 new->ffs_level = level; | |
5505 new->ffs_star_star_empty = star_star_empty;; | |
5506 | |
5507 /* the following saves NULL pointer checks in vim_findfile */ | |
5508 if (fix_part == NULL) | |
5509 fix_part = (char_u *)""; | |
5510 new->ffs_fix_path = vim_strsave(fix_part); | |
5511 | |
5512 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
5513 if (wc_part == NULL) | |
5514 wc_part = (char_u *)""; | |
5515 new->ffs_wc_path = vim_strsave(wc_part); | |
5516 #endif | |
5517 | |
5518 if (new->ffs_fix_path == NULL | |
5519 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
5520 || new->ffs_wc_path == NULL | |
5521 #endif | |
5522 ) | |
5523 { | |
5524 ff_free_stack_element(new); | |
5525 new = NULL; | |
5526 } | |
5527 | |
5528 return new; | |
5529 } | |
5530 | |
5531 /* | |
1541 | 5532 * Push a dir on the directory stack. |
7 | 5533 */ |
5534 static void | |
1541 | 5535 ff_push(search_ctx, stack_ptr) |
5536 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; | |
5537 ff_stack_T *stack_ptr; | |
7 | 5538 { |
5539 /* check for NULL pointer, not to return an error to the user, but | |
359 | 5540 * to prevent a crash */ |
1541 | 5541 if (stack_ptr != NULL) |
7 | 5542 { |
1541 | 5543 stack_ptr->ffs_prev = search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr; |
5544 search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr = stack_ptr; | |
7 | 5545 } |
5546 } | |
5547 | |
5548 /* | |
1541 | 5549 * Pop a dir from the directory stack. |
5550 * Returns NULL if stack is empty. | |
7 | 5551 */ |
5552 static ff_stack_T * | |
1541 | 5553 ff_pop(search_ctx) |
5554 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; | |
7 | 5555 { |
5556 ff_stack_T *sptr; | |
5557 | |
1541 | 5558 sptr = search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr; |
5559 if (search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr != NULL) | |
5560 search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr = search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr->ffs_prev; | |
7 | 5561 |
5562 return sptr; | |
5563 } | |
5564 | |
5565 /* | |
5566 * free the given stack element | |
5567 */ | |
5568 static void | |
1541 | 5569 ff_free_stack_element(stack_ptr) |
5570 ff_stack_T *stack_ptr; | |
7 | 5571 { |
5572 /* vim_free handles possible NULL pointers */ | |
1541 | 5573 vim_free(stack_ptr->ffs_fix_path); |
7 | 5574 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
1541 | 5575 vim_free(stack_ptr->ffs_wc_path); |
5576 #endif | |
5577 | |
5578 if (stack_ptr->ffs_filearray != NULL) | |
5579 FreeWild(stack_ptr->ffs_filearray_size, stack_ptr->ffs_filearray); | |
5580 | |
5581 vim_free(stack_ptr); | |
7 | 5582 } |
5583 | |
5584 /* | |
1541 | 5585 * Clear the search context, but NOT the visited list. |
7 | 5586 */ |
5587 static void | |
1541 | 5588 ff_clear(search_ctx) |
5589 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; | |
7 | 5590 { |
5591 ff_stack_T *sptr; | |
5592 | |
5593 /* clear up stack */ | |
1541 | 5594 while ((sptr = ff_pop(search_ctx)) != NULL) |
7 | 5595 ff_free_stack_element(sptr); |
5596 | |
1541 | 5597 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search); |
5598 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir); | |
5599 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); | |
7 | 5600 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
1541 | 5601 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path); |
7 | 5602 #endif |
5603 | |
5604 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
1541 | 5605 if (search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL) |
7 | 5606 { |
5607 int i = 0; | |
5608 | |
1541 | 5609 while (search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[i] != NULL) |
7 | 5610 { |
1541 | 5611 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[i]); |
7 | 5612 i++; |
5613 } | |
1541 | 5614 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v); |
7 | 5615 } |
1541 | 5616 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v = NULL; |
7 | 5617 #endif |
5618 | |
5619 /* reset everything */ | |
1541 | 5620 search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search = NULL; |
5621 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = NULL; | |
5622 search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = NULL; | |
7 | 5623 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
1541 | 5624 search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path = NULL; |
5625 search_ctx->ffsc_level = 0; | |
7 | 5626 #endif |
5627 } | |
5628 | |
5629 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
5630 /* | |
5631 * check if the given path is in the stopdirs | |
5632 * returns TRUE if yes else FALSE | |
5633 */ | |
5634 static int | |
5635 ff_path_in_stoplist(path, path_len, stopdirs_v) | |
5636 char_u *path; | |
5637 int path_len; | |
5638 char_u **stopdirs_v; | |
5639 { | |
5640 int i = 0; | |
5641 | |
5642 /* eat up trailing path separators, except the first */ | |
461 | 5643 while (path_len > 1 && vim_ispathsep(path[path_len - 1])) |
7 | 5644 path_len--; |
5645 | |
5646 /* if no path consider it as match */ | |
5647 if (path_len == 0) | |
5648 return TRUE; | |
5649 | |
5650 for (i = 0; stopdirs_v[i] != NULL; i++) | |
5651 { | |
5652 if ((int)STRLEN(stopdirs_v[i]) > path_len) | |
5653 { | |
5654 /* match for parent directory. So '/home' also matches | |
5655 * '/home/rks'. Check for PATHSEP in stopdirs_v[i], else | |
5656 * '/home/r' would also match '/home/rks' | |
5657 */ | |
5658 if (fnamencmp(stopdirs_v[i], path, path_len) == 0 | |
461 | 5659 && vim_ispathsep(stopdirs_v[i][path_len])) |
7 | 5660 return TRUE; |
5661 } | |
5662 else | |
5663 { | |
5664 if (fnamecmp(stopdirs_v[i], path) == 0) | |
5665 return TRUE; | |
5666 } | |
5667 } | |
5668 return FALSE; | |
5669 } | |
5670 #endif | |
5671 | |
5672 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO) | |
5673 /* | |
1541 | 5674 * Find the file name "ptr[len]" in the path. Also finds directory names. |
7 | 5675 * |
5676 * On the first call set the parameter 'first' to TRUE to initialize | |
5677 * the search. For repeating calls to FALSE. | |
5678 * | |
5679 * Repeating calls will return other files called 'ptr[len]' from the path. | |
5680 * | |
5681 * Only on the first call 'ptr' and 'len' are used. For repeating calls they | |
5682 * don't need valid values. | |
5683 * | |
5684 * If nothing found on the first call the option FNAME_MESS will issue the | |
5685 * message: | |
5686 * 'Can't find file "<file>" in path' | |
5687 * On repeating calls: | |
5688 * 'No more file "<file>" found in path' | |
5689 * | |
5690 * options: | |
5691 * FNAME_MESS give error message when not found | |
5692 * | |
5693 * Uses NameBuff[]! | |
5694 * | |
5695 * Returns an allocated string for the file name. NULL for error. | |
5696 * | |
5697 */ | |
5698 char_u * | |
5699 find_file_in_path(ptr, len, options, first, rel_fname) | |
5700 char_u *ptr; /* file name */ | |
5701 int len; /* length of file name */ | |
5702 int options; | |
5703 int first; /* use count'th matching file name */ | |
5704 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name searching relative to */ | |
5705 { | |
5706 return find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, first, | |
5707 *curbuf->b_p_path == NUL ? p_path : curbuf->b_p_path, | |
1541 | 5708 FINDFILE_BOTH, rel_fname, curbuf->b_p_sua); |
7 | 5709 } |
5710 | |
359 | 5711 static char_u *ff_file_to_find = NULL; |
5712 static void *fdip_search_ctx = NULL; | |
5713 | |
5714 #if defined(EXITFREE) | |
5715 static void | |
5716 free_findfile() | |
5717 { | |
5718 vim_free(ff_file_to_find); | |
5719 vim_findfile_cleanup(fdip_search_ctx); | |
5720 } | |
5721 #endif | |
5722 | |
7 | 5723 /* |
5724 * Find the directory name "ptr[len]" in the path. | |
5725 * | |
5726 * options: | |
5727 * FNAME_MESS give error message when not found | |
5728 * | |
5729 * Uses NameBuff[]! | |
5730 * | |
5731 * Returns an allocated string for the file name. NULL for error. | |
5732 */ | |
5733 char_u * | |
5734 find_directory_in_path(ptr, len, options, rel_fname) | |
5735 char_u *ptr; /* file name */ | |
5736 int len; /* length of file name */ | |
5737 int options; | |
5738 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name searching relative to */ | |
5739 { | |
5740 return find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, TRUE, p_cdpath, | |
1541 | 5741 FINDFILE_DIR, rel_fname, (char_u *)""); |
7 | 5742 } |
5743 | |
19 | 5744 char_u * |
1541 | 5745 find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, first, path_option, find_what, rel_fname, suffixes) |
7 | 5746 char_u *ptr; /* file name */ |
5747 int len; /* length of file name */ | |
5748 int options; | |
5749 int first; /* use count'th matching file name */ | |
5750 char_u *path_option; /* p_path or p_cdpath */ | |
1541 | 5751 int find_what; /* FINDFILE_FILE, _DIR or _BOTH */ |
7 | 5752 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name we are looking relative to. */ |
794 | 5753 char_u *suffixes; /* list of suffixes, 'suffixesadd' option */ |
7 | 5754 { |
5755 static char_u *dir; | |
5756 static int did_findfile_init = FALSE; | |
5757 char_u save_char; | |
5758 char_u *file_name = NULL; | |
5759 char_u *buf = NULL; | |
5760 int rel_to_curdir; | |
5761 #ifdef AMIGA | |
5762 struct Process *proc = (struct Process *)FindTask(0L); | |
5763 APTR save_winptr = proc->pr_WindowPtr; | |
5764 | |
5765 /* Avoid a requester here for a volume that doesn't exist. */ | |
5766 proc->pr_WindowPtr = (APTR)-1L; | |
5767 #endif | |
5768 | |
5769 if (first == TRUE) | |
5770 { | |
5771 /* copy file name into NameBuff, expanding environment variables */ | |
5772 save_char = ptr[len]; | |
5773 ptr[len] = NUL; | |
5774 expand_env(ptr, NameBuff, MAXPATHL); | |
5775 ptr[len] = save_char; | |
5776 | |
359 | 5777 vim_free(ff_file_to_find); |
5778 ff_file_to_find = vim_strsave(NameBuff); | |
5779 if (ff_file_to_find == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
7 | 5780 { |
5781 file_name = NULL; | |
5782 goto theend; | |
5783 } | |
5784 } | |
5785 | |
359 | 5786 rel_to_curdir = (ff_file_to_find[0] == '.' |
5787 && (ff_file_to_find[1] == NUL | |
5788 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[1]) | |
5789 || (ff_file_to_find[1] == '.' | |
5790 && (ff_file_to_find[2] == NUL | |
5791 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[2]))))); | |
5792 if (vim_isAbsName(ff_file_to_find) | |
7 | 5793 /* "..", "../path", "." and "./path": don't use the path_option */ |
5794 || rel_to_curdir | |
5795 #if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(OS2) | |
5796 /* handle "\tmp" as absolute path */ | |
359 | 5797 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[0]) |
1993 | 5798 /* handle "c:name" as absolute path */ |
359 | 5799 || (ff_file_to_find[0] != NUL && ff_file_to_find[1] == ':') |
7 | 5800 #endif |
5801 #ifdef AMIGA | |
5802 /* handle ":tmp" as absolute path */ | |
359 | 5803 || ff_file_to_find[0] == ':' |
7 | 5804 #endif |
5805 ) | |
5806 { | |
5807 /* | |
5808 * Absolute path, no need to use "path_option". | |
5809 * If this is not a first call, return NULL. We already returned a | |
5810 * filename on the first call. | |
5811 */ | |
5812 if (first == TRUE) | |
5813 { | |
5814 int l; | |
5815 int run; | |
5816 | |
359 | 5817 if (path_with_url(ff_file_to_find)) |
7 | 5818 { |
359 | 5819 file_name = vim_strsave(ff_file_to_find); |
7 | 5820 goto theend; |
5821 } | |
5822 | |
5823 /* When FNAME_REL flag given first use the directory of the file. | |
5824 * Otherwise or when this fails use the current directory. */ | |
5825 for (run = 1; run <= 2; ++run) | |
5826 { | |
359 | 5827 l = (int)STRLEN(ff_file_to_find); |
7 | 5828 if (run == 1 |
5829 && rel_to_curdir | |
5830 && (options & FNAME_REL) | |
5831 && rel_fname != NULL | |
5832 && STRLEN(rel_fname) + l < MAXPATHL) | |
5833 { | |
5834 STRCPY(NameBuff, rel_fname); | |
359 | 5835 STRCPY(gettail(NameBuff), ff_file_to_find); |
7 | 5836 l = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff); |
5837 } | |
5838 else | |
5839 { | |
359 | 5840 STRCPY(NameBuff, ff_file_to_find); |
7 | 5841 run = 2; |
5842 } | |
5843 | |
5844 /* When the file doesn't exist, try adding parts of | |
5845 * 'suffixesadd'. */ | |
794 | 5846 buf = suffixes; |
7 | 5847 for (;;) |
5848 { | |
5849 if ( | |
5850 #ifdef DJGPP | |
5851 /* "C:" by itself will fail for mch_getperm(), | |
5852 * assume it's always valid. */ | |
1541 | 5853 (find_what != FINDFILE_FILE && NameBuff[0] != NUL |
7 | 5854 && NameBuff[1] == ':' |
5855 && NameBuff[2] == NUL) || | |
5856 #endif | |
5857 (mch_getperm(NameBuff) >= 0 | |
1541 | 5858 && (find_what == FINDFILE_BOTH |
5859 || ((find_what == FINDFILE_DIR) | |
5860 == mch_isdir(NameBuff))))) | |
7 | 5861 { |
5862 file_name = vim_strsave(NameBuff); | |
5863 goto theend; | |
5864 } | |
5865 if (*buf == NUL) | |
5866 break; | |
5867 copy_option_part(&buf, NameBuff + l, MAXPATHL - l, ","); | |
5868 } | |
5869 } | |
5870 } | |
5871 } | |
5872 else | |
5873 { | |
5874 /* | |
5875 * Loop over all paths in the 'path' or 'cdpath' option. | |
5876 * When "first" is set, first setup to the start of the option. | |
5877 * Otherwise continue to find the next match. | |
5878 */ | |
5879 if (first == TRUE) | |
5880 { | |
5881 /* vim_findfile_free_visited can handle a possible NULL pointer */ | |
359 | 5882 vim_findfile_free_visited(fdip_search_ctx); |
7 | 5883 dir = path_option; |
5884 did_findfile_init = FALSE; | |
5885 } | |
5886 | |
5887 for (;;) | |
5888 { | |
5889 if (did_findfile_init) | |
5890 { | |
359 | 5891 file_name = vim_findfile(fdip_search_ctx); |
7 | 5892 if (file_name != NULL) |
5893 break; | |
5894 | |
5895 did_findfile_init = FALSE; | |
5896 } | |
5897 else | |
5898 { | |
5899 char_u *r_ptr; | |
5900 | |
5901 if (dir == NULL || *dir == NUL) | |
5902 { | |
5903 /* We searched all paths of the option, now we can | |
5904 * free the search context. */ | |
359 | 5905 vim_findfile_cleanup(fdip_search_ctx); |
5906 fdip_search_ctx = NULL; | |
7 | 5907 break; |
5908 } | |
5909 | |
5910 if ((buf = alloc((int)(MAXPATHL))) == NULL) | |
5911 break; | |
5912 | |
5913 /* copy next path */ | |
5914 buf[0] = 0; | |
5915 copy_option_part(&dir, buf, MAXPATHL, " ,"); | |
5916 | |
5917 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
5918 /* get the stopdir string */ | |
5919 r_ptr = vim_findfile_stopdir(buf); | |
5920 #else | |
5921 r_ptr = NULL; | |
5922 #endif | |
359 | 5923 fdip_search_ctx = vim_findfile_init(buf, ff_file_to_find, |
1541 | 5924 r_ptr, 100, FALSE, find_what, |
359 | 5925 fdip_search_ctx, FALSE, rel_fname); |
5926 if (fdip_search_ctx != NULL) | |
7 | 5927 did_findfile_init = TRUE; |
5928 vim_free(buf); | |
5929 } | |
5930 } | |
5931 } | |
5932 if (file_name == NULL && (options & FNAME_MESS)) | |
5933 { | |
5934 if (first == TRUE) | |
5935 { | |
1541 | 5936 if (find_what == FINDFILE_DIR) |
7 | 5937 EMSG2(_("E344: Can't find directory \"%s\" in cdpath"), |
359 | 5938 ff_file_to_find); |
7 | 5939 else |
5940 EMSG2(_("E345: Can't find file \"%s\" in path"), | |
359 | 5941 ff_file_to_find); |
7 | 5942 } |
5943 else | |
5944 { | |
1541 | 5945 if (find_what == FINDFILE_DIR) |
7 | 5946 EMSG2(_("E346: No more directory \"%s\" found in cdpath"), |
359 | 5947 ff_file_to_find); |
7 | 5948 else |
5949 EMSG2(_("E347: No more file \"%s\" found in path"), | |
359 | 5950 ff_file_to_find); |
7 | 5951 } |
5952 } | |
5953 | |
5954 theend: | |
5955 #ifdef AMIGA | |
5956 proc->pr_WindowPtr = save_winptr; | |
5957 #endif | |
5958 return file_name; | |
5959 } | |
5960 | |
5961 #endif /* FEAT_SEARCHPATH */ | |
5962 | |
5963 /* | |
5964 * Change directory to "new_dir". If FEAT_SEARCHPATH is defined, search | |
5965 * 'cdpath' for relative directory names, otherwise just mch_chdir(). | |
5966 */ | |
5967 int | |
5968 vim_chdir(new_dir) | |
5969 char_u *new_dir; | |
5970 { | |
5971 #ifndef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
5972 return mch_chdir((char *)new_dir); | |
5973 #else | |
5974 char_u *dir_name; | |
5975 int r; | |
5976 | |
5977 dir_name = find_directory_in_path(new_dir, (int)STRLEN(new_dir), | |
5978 FNAME_MESS, curbuf->b_ffname); | |
5979 if (dir_name == NULL) | |
5980 return -1; | |
5981 r = mch_chdir((char *)dir_name); | |
5982 vim_free(dir_name); | |
5983 return r; | |
5984 #endif | |
5985 } | |
5986 | |
5987 /* | |
418 | 5988 * Get user name from machine-specific function. |
7 | 5989 * Returns the user name in "buf[len]". |
418 | 5990 * Some systems are quite slow in obtaining the user name (Windows NT), thus |
5991 * cache the result. | |
7 | 5992 * Returns OK or FAIL. |
5993 */ | |
5994 int | |
5995 get_user_name(buf, len) | |
5996 char_u *buf; | |
5997 int len; | |
5998 { | |
359 | 5999 if (username == NULL) |
7 | 6000 { |
6001 if (mch_get_user_name(buf, len) == FAIL) | |
6002 return FAIL; | |
359 | 6003 username = vim_strsave(buf); |
7 | 6004 } |
6005 else | |
418 | 6006 vim_strncpy(buf, username, len - 1); |
7 | 6007 return OK; |
6008 } | |
6009 | |
6010 #ifndef HAVE_QSORT | |
6011 /* | |
6012 * Our own qsort(), for systems that don't have it. | |
6013 * It's simple and slow. From the K&R C book. | |
6014 */ | |
6015 void | |
6016 qsort(base, elm_count, elm_size, cmp) | |
6017 void *base; | |
6018 size_t elm_count; | |
6019 size_t elm_size; | |
6020 int (*cmp) __ARGS((const void *, const void *)); | |
6021 { | |
6022 char_u *buf; | |
6023 char_u *p1; | |
6024 char_u *p2; | |
6025 int i, j; | |
6026 int gap; | |
6027 | |
6028 buf = alloc((unsigned)elm_size); | |
6029 if (buf == NULL) | |
6030 return; | |
6031 | |
6032 for (gap = elm_count / 2; gap > 0; gap /= 2) | |
6033 for (i = gap; i < elm_count; ++i) | |
6034 for (j = i - gap; j >= 0; j -= gap) | |
6035 { | |
6036 /* Compare the elements. */ | |
6037 p1 = (char_u *)base + j * elm_size; | |
6038 p2 = (char_u *)base + (j + gap) * elm_size; | |
6039 if ((*cmp)((void *)p1, (void *)p2) <= 0) | |
6040 break; | |
1993 | 6041 /* Exchange the elements. */ |
7 | 6042 mch_memmove(buf, p1, elm_size); |
6043 mch_memmove(p1, p2, elm_size); | |
6044 mch_memmove(p2, buf, elm_size); | |
6045 } | |
6046 | |
6047 vim_free(buf); | |
6048 } | |
6049 #endif | |
6050 | |
6051 /* | |
6052 * Sort an array of strings. | |
6053 */ | |
6054 static int | |
6055 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
6056 _RTLENTRYF | |
6057 #endif | |
6058 sort_compare __ARGS((const void *s1, const void *s2)); | |
6059 | |
6060 static int | |
6061 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
6062 _RTLENTRYF | |
6063 #endif | |
6064 sort_compare(s1, s2) | |
6065 const void *s1; | |
6066 const void *s2; | |
6067 { | |
6068 return STRCMP(*(char **)s1, *(char **)s2); | |
6069 } | |
6070 | |
6071 void | |
6072 sort_strings(files, count) | |
6073 char_u **files; | |
6074 int count; | |
6075 { | |
6076 qsort((void *)files, (size_t)count, sizeof(char_u *), sort_compare); | |
6077 } | |
6078 | |
6079 #if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO) | |
6080 /* | |
6081 * Compare path "p[]" to "q[]". | |
39 | 6082 * If "maxlen" >= 0 compare "p[maxlen]" to "q[maxlen]" |
7 | 6083 * Return value like strcmp(p, q), but consider path separators. |
6084 */ | |
6085 int | |
39 | 6086 pathcmp(p, q, maxlen) |
7 | 6087 const char *p, *q; |
39 | 6088 int maxlen; |
7 | 6089 { |
6090 int i; | |
41 | 6091 const char *s = NULL; |
7 | 6092 |
39 | 6093 for (i = 0; maxlen < 0 || i < maxlen; ++i) |
7 | 6094 { |
6095 /* End of "p": check if "q" also ends or just has a slash. */ | |
6096 if (p[i] == NUL) | |
6097 { | |
6098 if (q[i] == NUL) /* full match */ | |
6099 return 0; | |
6100 s = q; | |
6101 break; | |
6102 } | |
6103 | |
6104 /* End of "q": check if "p" just has a slash. */ | |
6105 if (q[i] == NUL) | |
6106 { | |
6107 s = p; | |
6108 break; | |
6109 } | |
6110 | |
6111 if ( | |
6112 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME | |
6113 TOUPPER_LOC(p[i]) != TOUPPER_LOC(q[i]) | |
6114 #else | |
6115 p[i] != q[i] | |
6116 #endif | |
6117 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
6118 /* consider '/' and '\\' to be equal */ | |
6119 && !((p[i] == '/' && q[i] == '\\') | |
6120 || (p[i] == '\\' && q[i] == '/')) | |
6121 #endif | |
6122 ) | |
6123 { | |
6124 if (vim_ispathsep(p[i])) | |
6125 return -1; | |
6126 if (vim_ispathsep(q[i])) | |
6127 return 1; | |
6128 return ((char_u *)p)[i] - ((char_u *)q)[i]; /* no match */ | |
6129 } | |
6130 } | |
41 | 6131 if (s == NULL) /* "i" ran into "maxlen" */ |
6132 return 0; | |
7 | 6133 |
6134 /* ignore a trailing slash, but not "//" or ":/" */ | |
41 | 6135 if (s[i + 1] == NUL |
6136 && i > 0 | |
6137 && !after_pathsep((char_u *)s, (char_u *)s + i) | |
7 | 6138 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME |
41 | 6139 && (s[i] == '/' || s[i] == '\\') |
7 | 6140 #else |
41 | 6141 && s[i] == '/' |
7 | 6142 #endif |
41 | 6143 ) |
7 | 6144 return 0; /* match with trailing slash */ |
6145 if (s == q) | |
6146 return -1; /* no match */ | |
6147 return 1; | |
6148 } | |
6149 #endif | |
6150 | |
6151 /* | |
6152 * The putenv() implementation below comes from the "screen" program. | |
6153 * Included with permission from Juergen Weigert. | |
6154 * See pty.c for the copyright notice. | |
6155 */ | |
6156 | |
6157 /* | |
6158 * putenv -- put value into environment | |
6159 * | |
6160 * Usage: i = putenv (string) | |
6161 * int i; | |
6162 * char *string; | |
6163 * | |
6164 * where string is of the form <name>=<value>. | |
6165 * Putenv returns 0 normally, -1 on error (not enough core for malloc). | |
6166 * | |
6167 * Putenv may need to add a new name into the environment, or to | |
6168 * associate a value longer than the current value with a particular | |
6169 * name. So, to make life simpler, putenv() copies your entire | |
6170 * environment into the heap (i.e. malloc()) from the stack | |
6171 * (i.e. where it resides when your process is initiated) the first | |
6172 * time you call it. | |
6173 * | |
6174 * (history removed, not very interesting. See the "screen" sources.) | |
6175 */ | |
6176 | |
6177 #if !defined(HAVE_SETENV) && !defined(HAVE_PUTENV) | |
6178 | |
6179 #define EXTRASIZE 5 /* increment to add to env. size */ | |
6180 | |
6181 static int envsize = -1; /* current size of environment */ | |
6182 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC | |
6183 extern | |
6184 #endif | |
6185 char **environ; /* the global which is your env. */ | |
6186 | |
6187 static int findenv __ARGS((char *name)); /* look for a name in the env. */ | |
6188 static int newenv __ARGS((void)); /* copy env. from stack to heap */ | |
6189 static int moreenv __ARGS((void)); /* incr. size of env. */ | |
6190 | |
6191 int | |
6192 putenv(string) | |
6193 const char *string; | |
6194 { | |
6195 int i; | |
6196 char *p; | |
6197 | |
6198 if (envsize < 0) | |
6199 { /* first time putenv called */ | |
6200 if (newenv() < 0) /* copy env. to heap */ | |
6201 return -1; | |
6202 } | |
6203 | |
6204 i = findenv((char *)string); /* look for name in environment */ | |
6205 | |
6206 if (i < 0) | |
6207 { /* name must be added */ | |
6208 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++); | |
6209 if (i >= (envsize - 1)) | |
6210 { /* need new slot */ | |
6211 if (moreenv() < 0) | |
6212 return -1; | |
6213 } | |
6214 p = (char *)alloc((unsigned)(strlen(string) + 1)); | |
6215 if (p == NULL) /* not enough core */ | |
6216 return -1; | |
6217 environ[i + 1] = 0; /* new end of env. */ | |
6218 } | |
6219 else | |
6220 { /* name already in env. */ | |
6221 p = vim_realloc(environ[i], strlen(string) + 1); | |
6222 if (p == NULL) | |
6223 return -1; | |
6224 } | |
6225 sprintf(p, "%s", string); /* copy into env. */ | |
6226 environ[i] = p; | |
6227 | |
6228 return 0; | |
6229 } | |
6230 | |
6231 static int | |
6232 findenv(name) | |
6233 char *name; | |
6234 { | |
6235 char *namechar, *envchar; | |
6236 int i, found; | |
6237 | |
6238 found = 0; | |
6239 for (i = 0; environ[i] && !found; i++) | |
6240 { | |
6241 envchar = environ[i]; | |
6242 namechar = name; | |
6243 while (*namechar && *namechar != '=' && (*namechar == *envchar)) | |
6244 { | |
6245 namechar++; | |
6246 envchar++; | |
6247 } | |
6248 found = ((*namechar == '\0' || *namechar == '=') && *envchar == '='); | |
6249 } | |
6250 return found ? i - 1 : -1; | |
6251 } | |
6252 | |
6253 static int | |
6254 newenv() | |
6255 { | |
6256 char **env, *elem; | |
6257 int i, esize; | |
6258 | |
6259 #ifdef MACOS | |
6260 /* for Mac a new, empty environment is created */ | |
6261 i = 0; | |
6262 #else | |
6263 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++) | |
6264 ; | |
6265 #endif | |
6266 esize = i + EXTRASIZE + 1; | |
6267 env = (char **)alloc((unsigned)(esize * sizeof (elem))); | |
6268 if (env == NULL) | |
6269 return -1; | |
6270 | |
6271 #ifndef MACOS | |
6272 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++) | |
6273 { | |
6274 elem = (char *)alloc((unsigned)(strlen(environ[i]) + 1)); | |
6275 if (elem == NULL) | |
6276 return -1; | |
6277 env[i] = elem; | |
6278 strcpy(elem, environ[i]); | |
6279 } | |
6280 #endif | |
6281 | |
6282 env[i] = 0; | |
6283 environ = env; | |
6284 envsize = esize; | |
6285 return 0; | |
6286 } | |
6287 | |
6288 static int | |
6289 moreenv() | |
6290 { | |
6291 int esize; | |
6292 char **env; | |
6293 | |
6294 esize = envsize + EXTRASIZE; | |
6295 env = (char **)vim_realloc((char *)environ, esize * sizeof (*env)); | |
6296 if (env == 0) | |
6297 return -1; | |
6298 environ = env; | |
6299 envsize = esize; | |
6300 return 0; | |
6301 } | |
6302 | |
6303 # ifdef USE_VIMPTY_GETENV | |
6304 char_u * | |
6305 vimpty_getenv(string) | |
6306 const char_u *string; | |
6307 { | |
6308 int i; | |
6309 char_u *p; | |
6310 | |
6311 if (envsize < 0) | |
6312 return NULL; | |
6313 | |
6314 i = findenv((char *)string); | |
6315 | |
6316 if (i < 0) | |
6317 return NULL; | |
6318 | |
6319 p = vim_strchr((char_u *)environ[i], '='); | |
6320 return (p + 1); | |
6321 } | |
6322 # endif | |
6323 | |
6324 #endif /* !defined(HAVE_SETENV) && !defined(HAVE_PUTENV) */ | |
313 | 6325 |
741 | 6326 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO) |
313 | 6327 /* |
6328 * Return 0 for not writable, 1 for writable file, 2 for a dir which we have | |
6329 * rights to write into. | |
6330 */ | |
6331 int | |
6332 filewritable(fname) | |
6333 char_u *fname; | |
6334 { | |
6335 int retval = 0; | |
6336 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) | |
6337 int perm = 0; | |
6338 #endif | |
6339 | |
6340 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) | |
6341 perm = mch_getperm(fname); | |
6342 #endif | |
6343 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC /* TODO: get either mch_writable or mch_access */ | |
6344 if ( | |
6345 # ifdef WIN3264 | |
6346 mch_writable(fname) && | |
6347 # else | |
6348 # if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) | |
6349 (perm & 0222) && | |
6350 # endif | |
6351 # endif | |
6352 mch_access((char *)fname, W_OK) == 0 | |
6353 ) | |
6354 #endif | |
6355 { | |
6356 ++retval; | |
6357 if (mch_isdir(fname)) | |
6358 ++retval; | |
6359 } | |
6360 return retval; | |
6361 } | |
6362 #endif | |
332 | 6363 |
6364 /* | |
6365 * Print an error message with one or two "%s" and one or two string arguments. | |
6366 * This is not in message.c to avoid a warning for prototypes. | |
6367 */ | |
6368 int | |
6369 emsg3(s, a1, a2) | |
6370 char_u *s, *a1, *a2; | |
6371 { | |
840 | 6372 if (emsg_not_now()) |
332 | 6373 return TRUE; /* no error messages at the moment */ |
1438 | 6374 #ifdef HAVE_STDARG_H |
6375 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)s, a1, a2); | |
6376 #else | |
840 | 6377 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)s, (long_u)a1, (long_u)a2); |
1438 | 6378 #endif |
332 | 6379 return emsg(IObuff); |
6380 } | |
6381 | |
6382 /* | |
6383 * Print an error message with one "%ld" and one long int argument. | |
6384 * This is not in message.c to avoid a warning for prototypes. | |
6385 */ | |
6386 int | |
6387 emsgn(s, n) | |
6388 char_u *s; | |
6389 long n; | |
6390 { | |
840 | 6391 if (emsg_not_now()) |
332 | 6392 return TRUE; /* no error messages at the moment */ |
6393 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)s, n); | |
6394 return emsg(IObuff); | |
6395 } | |
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6396 |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6397 #if defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(FEAT_PERSISTENT_UNDO) || defined(PROTO) |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6398 /* |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6399 * Read 2 bytes from "fd" and turn them into an int, MSB first. |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6400 */ |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6401 int |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6402 get2c(fd) |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6403 FILE *fd; |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6404 { |
2231
aa6412cab544
Various improvements to undo file code to make it more robust.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2229
diff
changeset
|
6405 int n; |
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6406 |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6407 n = getc(fd); |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6408 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6409 return n; |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6410 } |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6411 |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6412 /* |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6413 * Read 3 bytes from "fd" and turn them into an int, MSB first. |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6414 */ |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6415 int |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6416 get3c(fd) |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6417 FILE *fd; |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6418 { |
2231
aa6412cab544
Various improvements to undo file code to make it more robust.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2229
diff
changeset
|
6419 int n; |
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6420 |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6421 n = getc(fd); |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6422 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6423 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6424 return n; |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6425 } |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6426 |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6427 /* |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6428 * Read 4 bytes from "fd" and turn them into an int, MSB first. |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6429 */ |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6430 int |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6431 get4c(fd) |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6432 FILE *fd; |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6433 { |
2231
aa6412cab544
Various improvements to undo file code to make it more robust.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2229
diff
changeset
|
6434 int n; |
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6435 |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6436 n = getc(fd); |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6437 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6438 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6439 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6440 return n; |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6441 } |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6442 |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6443 /* |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6444 * Read 8 bytes from "fd" and turn them into a time_t, MSB first. |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6445 */ |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6446 time_t |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6447 get8ctime(fd) |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6448 FILE *fd; |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6449 { |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6450 time_t n = 0; |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6451 int i; |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6452 |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6453 for (i = 0; i < 8; ++i) |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6454 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6455 return n; |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6456 } |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6457 |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6458 /* |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6459 * Read a string of length "cnt" from "fd" into allocated memory. |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6460 * Returns NULL when out of memory or unable to read that many bytes. |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6461 */ |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6462 char_u * |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6463 read_string(fd, cnt) |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6464 FILE *fd; |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6465 int cnt; |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6466 { |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6467 char_u *str; |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6468 int i; |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6469 int c; |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6470 |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6471 /* allocate memory */ |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6472 str = alloc((unsigned)cnt + 1); |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6473 if (str != NULL) |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6474 { |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6475 /* Read the string. Quit when running into the EOF. */ |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6476 for (i = 0; i < cnt; ++i) |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6477 { |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6478 c = getc(fd); |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6479 if (c == EOF) |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6480 { |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6481 vim_free(str); |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6482 return NULL; |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6483 } |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6484 str[i] = c; |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6485 } |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6486 str[i] = NUL; |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6487 } |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6488 return str; |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6489 } |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6490 |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6491 /* |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6492 * Write a number to file "fd", MSB first, in "len" bytes. |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6493 */ |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6494 int |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6495 put_bytes(fd, nr, len) |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6496 FILE *fd; |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6497 long_u nr; |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6498 int len; |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6499 { |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6500 int i; |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6501 |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6502 for (i = len - 1; i >= 0; --i) |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6503 if (putc((int)(nr >> (i * 8)), fd) == EOF) |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6504 return FAIL; |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6505 return OK; |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6506 } |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6507 |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6508 #ifdef _MSC_VER |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6509 # if (_MSC_VER <= 1200) |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6510 /* This line is required for VC6 without the service pack. Also see the |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6511 * matching #pragma below. */ |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6512 # pragma optimize("", off) |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6513 # endif |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6514 #endif |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6515 |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6516 /* |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6517 * Write time_t to file "fd" in 8 bytes. |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6518 */ |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6519 void |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6520 put_time(fd, the_time) |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6521 FILE *fd; |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6522 time_t the_time; |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6523 { |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6524 int c; |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6525 int i; |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6526 time_t wtime = the_time; |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6527 |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6528 /* time_t can be up to 8 bytes in size, more than long_u, thus we |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6529 * can't use put_bytes() here. |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6530 * Another problem is that ">>" may do an arithmetic shift that keeps the |
2232
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6531 * sign. This happens for large values of wtime. A cast to long_u may |
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6532 * truncate if time_t is 8 bytes. So only use a cast when it is 4 bytes, |
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6533 * it's safe to assume that long_u is 4 bytes or more and when using 8 |
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6534 * bytes the top bit won't be set. */ |
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6535 for (i = 7; i >= 0; --i) |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6536 { |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6537 if (i + 1 > (int)sizeof(time_t)) |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6538 /* ">>" doesn't work well when shifting more bits than avail */ |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6539 putc(0, fd); |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6540 else |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6541 { |
2232
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6542 #if defined(SIZEOF_TIME_T) && SIZEOF_TIME_T > 4 |
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
6543 c = (int)(wtime >> (i * 8)); |
2232
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6544 #else |
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
6545 c = (int)((long_u)wtime >> (i * 8)); |
2232
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6546 #endif |
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6547 putc(c, fd); |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6548 } |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6549 } |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6550 } |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6551 |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6552 #ifdef _MSC_VER |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6553 # if (_MSC_VER <= 1200) |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6554 # pragma optimize("", on) |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6555 # endif |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6556 #endif |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6557 |
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6558 #endif |
3257 | 6559 |
6560 #if (defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)) \ | |
6561 || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO) | |
6562 /* | |
6563 * Return TRUE if string "s" contains a non-ASCII character (128 or higher). | |
6564 * When "s" is NULL FALSE is returned. | |
6565 */ | |
6566 int | |
6567 has_non_ascii(s) | |
6568 char_u *s; | |
6569 { | |
6570 char_u *p; | |
6571 | |
6572 if (s != NULL) | |
6573 for (p = s; *p != NUL; ++p) | |
6574 if (*p >= 128) | |
6575 return TRUE; | |
6576 return FALSE; | |
6577 } | |
6578 #endif |